SECTION I - CLASS DEFINITION
BASIC SUBJECT MATTER OF THE CLASS:
This is the generic class for system of electrical supply and/or
of control for one or more electric motors where the electric motor
is claimed in combination with such systems of supply and/or
control and the electric motor as claimed constitutes the ultimate
and sole electrical load device supplied by the system or constitutes
the ultimate and sole electrical device being controlled.
SECTION II - LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
GENERIC OR NORMALLY RECITED ELECTRIC MOTOR.
1. Generic Motor System With Disclosed But Not Claimed Electric
Motor.
Motor systems where the disclosure states that any one of
a plurality of motors may be used in the system, one of which is
an electric motor and another is a non-electric motor, and there
is no claim limiting the system to having a non-electric motor,
are classified in this class (318).
Where the system includes two or more motors, see Electric
Motor Combined With Other Driving Means.
2. Motor Recited By Name Only
The mere inclusion of the electric motor by name only (e.g.,
an "electric motor") as an element of the combination
is sufficient basis for classification in this Class. That is, no
details of structure of the motor or no details of relationship
between the motor and the system of supply and/or control--other
than merely being connected so as to be supplied and/or
controlled by the system--are necessary.
Where, however, the electric motor is not specifically claimed
as such, but is claimed only broadly as "a load device",
an "electric translating device", "a
power consuming device", or any other general load device expression
which does not necessitate that the load device be an electric motor,
classification is not in this class, but in some other appropriate
class which provides for the electric system, per se. This is true
even if the only disclosed load or controlled device is an electric
motor. However, where the load or controlled device is disclosed
as an electric motor but is claimed in general terms and an operating
characteristic is significantly ascribed to such device which characteristic
(e.g., speed, revolutions, limit-of-travel), is substantially only associated
with electric motor, classification will be in this class on the
assumption that an electric motor is in fact claimed. Likewise,
where characteristic parts of an electric motor are recited classification
is herein even though the expression "electric motor" or
its equivalent is not literally present in the claims.
MOTOR AS ULTIMATE LOAD DEVICE (FOLLOW-UP SYSTEMS)
The fact that the electric motor is the ultimate load device
of the system or that it is the ultimate device being controlled
may not always be apparent from the language of the claims. For
example, an arrangement wherein means responsive to a condition
(such as motor speed) of the motor is provided to actuate motor
control or supply means to control the motor is a motor system.
Applying this to a "follow-up" type of motor
control wherein a motor is started, stopped and reversed in response
to a condition of unbalance of an electrical network and wherein
the operation of the motor also rebalances the network, the arrangement
is a motor system since the network and its rebalance constitutes
the control for the motor.
However, if the above motor drives a specific load device
provided for in another class then the patent is excluded from
this class. For example, if the above motor drives an indicator
for indicating the voltage of a system to which the network is connected,
the overall arrangement is a voltage measuring system classified
in Class 324. Similarly if the above motor drives a rheostat which
regulates the voltage of a generator, the combination is a generation
system classified in Class 322.
LOAD DEVICE DRIVEN BY THE MOTOR (INCLUDING POWER, MOTION,
FORCE, OR TORQUE TRANSMITTING DEVICES)
1. This class provides for systems of electric supply and/or
control for electric motors in combination with load devices driven
by the motor when such combination is not provided for in other
classes. The definition of, and/or the patents in, the
several art classes which provide for the combination of particular
load devices and the motive power means therefor will determine
the lines that exist between the several classes and this class.
Consequently, the lines as thus determined may be different for
different classes.
2. Motor Driven Device Not Significantly Claimed.
In general, however, this class provides for electric systems
of supply and/or control for electric motors in combination
with the load device driven thereby where the load device is claimed
so broadly that it has no particular significance in the system
as claimed other than a mere load device. Thus the combination
of an electric motor system and a load device driven by the motor wherein
the load device is recited in general terms only (such as, for example, "a
load device", a "Variable load", a "highly
fluctuating load", "means actuated by the motor",
a "Gradually increasing load", etc.) or in specific
terms, but by name only (such for example, as a "vehicle",
an "airplane", a "rolling mill", "grinding rolls", "gearing".
etc.) and wherein no details of the structure of the specific load
device or no details of relationship between the motor system and
the specific load device, other than that merely necessary broadly
to locate the motor or to constitute a support for the motor or
to merely connect the motor to the load device, are set forth, is
classified in this class.
3. Motor Driven Device Significantly Claimed
This class, also provides for the combination of an electric
motor system in combination with specific load devices wherein details
of structure of the specific load device or details of relationship
between the motor system and the specific load device are set forth
only when no provision is made for such combination in any other class.
4. Plural Motor Driven Devices
Where two or more motor driven load devices are claimed, classification
will be in some other class. For example only, in electric welding
apparatus, the combination of electric motor actuating welding electrodes and
a fan directed to cause air to circulate around the electrodes,
which fan is actuated by another electric motor, classification
is in the art which provides for such combinations; namely, Class
219. If no other class provides for the combination of the specific
plural motor driven load devices, classification will be in an appropriate
subclass in Class 318 depending on whether or not one or more of
the load devices are significantly claimed. See Classification of
Motor Driven Load Devices in this class, below. However, note that
subclass 39 of Class 318 provides for work and feed or indexing
combinations, that is, motor systems having two motors, one motor
driving the work and tool with respect to each other, and the other
motor driving the means for positioning or feeding the tool with
respect to the work.
5. Classification Of Motor Driven Load Devices In This Class
The combination of a motor system and a load device driven
thereby where the load device is claimed broadly (by name only)
is classified in this class on the basis of the motor system and
not on the basis of the combination of the motor system and the
load device.
The combination of a motor system and a specific load device
which is classified in this class (see Motor Driven Device Significantly
Claimed above), is classified in this class on the basis of the
combination in subclasses 3+. See the reference to Motor
Driven Power, Force or Torque Transmitting Devices below.
6. Motor Systems And Power, Motion, Force Or Torque Transmitting
Devices Driven Thereby.
The applications of Load Device Driven by the Motor above,
with respect to a motor system where the motor drives a clutch or
gearing is as follows:
(a) Clutches. An electric motor system where the motor drives
or actuates a clutch is not classified in this class (318) when
(a) details of structure of the clutch, (b) details of relationship
between the motor (or the electrical system therefor) and the clutch
(or its control means) other than a mere driving or connecting relationship,
or (c) operating or control means for the clutch are set forth.
Where, however, the clutch is so broadly claimed (such as by name
only) as to merely constitute a load device actuated by the electric
motor, classification is in this class. The motor driven clutches
excluded from this class (318) are differently classified. Electric
or magnetic clutches of the type in which the transmission of force
is solely through the agency or medium of a magnetic field of force
are classified in Class 310, Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 92; fluid clutches or fluid drives in which the transmission
of force is solely through the agency of a fluid are classifiable
in Class 60, subclasses 52+; and mechanical clutches for
the main part are classified in Class 192.
(b) The combination of an electric motor system of the type
classifiable, per se, in this class (318) with gearing of the type
classifiable, per se, in Class 74 (Machine Element or Mechanism)
is as follows: Where a gearing arrangement is set forth with or
without an electric motor drive means therefor and with control
means for the gearing other than the drive means, classification
is in Class 74, even though the control means includes an electric
motor actuator. Where a significant electric motor system is set
forth as the driving means for significant gearing, classification
is in this class (318), subclasses 3+, provided no means
for controlling the operation of the gearing is claimed. Where
a significant electric motor system is set forth as driving means
for gearing recited by name only, the gearing is considered to be "load" and
classification is in this class (318), the subclass depending on
the significant electric motor control or supply set forth.
(c) The combination of an electric motor system of the type
classifiable, per se, in this class (318) with a positive stop mechanism
of the type classifiable, per se, in Class 192 (Clutches and Power-Stop
Control) is as follows: Where an electric motor driven device is
combined with a mechanical stop mechanism, and the mechanism stops
the drive independently of any motor control or deenergization,
even though the stopping of the drive incidentally causes control
or deenergization of the motor, classification is in Class 192,
Clutches and Power-Stop Control. Where the stopping operation requires
control of the motor as well as operation of the stop mechanism
classification is in this class (318).
(d) Class 477, Interrelated Power Delivery Controls, Including
Engine Control, was formed in 1993 from patents in Classes 74 and
192 relating to interrelated controls between an engine and a transmission,
brake, or clutch. Therefore the line between Class 318 and Class 477
is the same as exists between Class 318 and Classes 74 and 192 as
set forth in Motor Systems and Power above.
7. Electric Motor Control And/Or Supply System As
A Control Means In A More Comprehensive System
Where an electric motor drives or actuates specific means
for controlling a specific device, classification will, in general,
be in the art relating to the specific controlled device or in the
art relating to the specific controlling means. For example, an
electric motor control system automatically responsive to the speed
of an internal combustion engine combined with means actuated by
the electric motor for moving the throttle of the internal combustion
engine to maintain the speed of the engine constant would not be
classifiable in this Class (318), but would be classifiable in the
art relating to throttle control of internal combustion engines.
Where, however, the same motor control system is claimed,
per se, (i.e., without being limited to actuating the throttle)
classification would be in this class. And this is true even if
the motor were controlled in response to the speed of the internal
combustion engine, if the motor is not limited to controlling the
engine.
8. One Electric Motor Control System Connected To Operate
The Controls Or The Supply For Another Electric Motor.
Where one electric motor is disclosed for the purpose of operating
some useful load device and has means for controlling the motor,
the controlling means including a second electric motor system whose
sole purpose is to control the load motor, classification of such
combination is in this class (318) on the basis of the control of the
(single) load motor and not on the basis of plural motors.
ELECTRIC MOTOR SYSTEMS COMBINED WITH OTHER ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1. Combined With Adjunctive Or Ancillary Systems.
The combination of an electrical system of supply and/or
control for an electric motor of the type classifiable, per se,
in this Class with electrical systems for producing some useful
effect or result other than supplying and/or controlling
the electric motor, which latter systems are subordinate to and
operate in conjunction with the motor, the devices driven thereby,
and/or the system of supply and/or control for
the motor, to perform some effect or result thereupon or to indicate,
test, measure, record, calibrate, etc. conditions in (or of) the
motor, the devices actuated thereby and/or the system of
supply and/or control for the motor, is classified in this
class (318).
For example: A system of current, voltage and power-factor
measurements connected to measure electrical conditions in various
parts of an operative electric motor speed control system is classified
in this class (318).
For example: A system for periodically recalibrating a bridge
network to cause it to be maintained at some standard operating
condition in combination with that bridge network connected to an
electric motor so as to control the electric motor, is classified
in this class (318).
2. Combined With Coordinate Electrical Systems
The combination of an electrical system of supply and/or
control of the type classifiable, per se, in this Class with one
or more other electrical systems the function of which other system
is to produce or effect a result which is distinct from the motor
control or supply system but which may, however, be related to the
operation of the motor system so as to cooperate therewith or which
may have some portion thereof constituting a portion in common with
both systems, is classified in some other appropriate class. See
References to Other Classes referencing this section.
For example: A system of supply and control for an electric
motor in combination with a communication system for sending signals
and messages not restricted to the control and operation of the
electric transmission circuit, would not be classifiable in this
class (318).
ELECTRIC MOTOR COMBINED WITH OTHER DRIVING MEANS
This class provides for the combination of one or more electric
motors operating as driving means with one or more driving means
which are not electric motors only when such combination is not
elsewhere provide for.
In general, however, plural driving means when all or one
more thereof are other than electric motors, are provided for elsewhere.
However, typical of the art not provided for elsewhere and
which is included herein, are the combinations of one or more electric
motor (operating as driving means) with axle-operated driving means
or manually-operated driving means.
ELECTRIC MOTORS NOT USED TO CONVERT ELECTRICAL ENERGY TO MECHANICAL ENERGY
Electric machines although designated as "electric motors" but
which are so connected and used to function as means not for converting
electrical energy into mechanical energy but for some other purpose,
are not classified herein. Electric motors to be classifiable herein
must be connected or controlled so as to function as electric motors.
ELECTRIC MOTOR STRUCTURE
The structure of electric motors (as distinguished from the
systems of supply and control) is excluded from this class. See
References to Other Classes, below,
SYSTEMS GENERIC TO MOTORS OR GENERATORS
Where the system includes a dynamo-electric machine, and the
machine is disclosed but not claimed as either an electric motor
or an electric generator, the patent is excluded from this class.
See References to Other Classes, below, for the appropriate class.
MOTOR SYSTEMS OTHER THAN ELECTRIC MOTOR SYSTEMS
See References to Other Classes, below, for a reference to
a compilation of all types of motors.
SECTION III - SUBCLASS REFERENCES TO THE CURRENT CLASS
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | include the motor systems where automatically controlled
means control the starting and/or stopping. |
| 543+, | include the motor systems where the system includes
a three or more position motor controller to control the starting
and/or stopping. |
SECTION IV - REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 4, | Baths, Closets, Sinks, and Spittoons,
subclass 213 for ventilating devices for railway-car closets
where an air pump is operated by an electric motor. |
| 30, | Cutlery, appropriate subclasses for electric motor driven
cutlery tools. |
| 38, | Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing,
subclass 38 for platen presser smoothing, (ironing) machines
having two press platens with a pivotedally electric motor operated
movable head or bed. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 470+ for electric motor operated changeable exhibitors. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclass 100 for electrically driven textile apparatus for spinning,
twisting or twining. |
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 6 for the combination of plural diverse motors (including
electric motors combined with nonelectric motors), and subclass
97 for plural nonelectric motors. See Clutches in this definition. |
| 60, | Power Plants, - notably
subclasses 698+ . For examples, plural, diverse types of motors which
are nonelectric motors. See "Electric Motor Combined With
Other Driving Means" in Lines With Other Classes, above. |
| 60, | Power Plants, in the class definition for a compilation of all
types of motors. See "Motor Systems Other Than Electric
Motor Systems" above. |
| 70, | Locks,
subclass 271 for predetermined elapsed time interval controlled
electric locks operated by an electric motor, 277 for electric motor operated
lock operating mechanism, 434 for electric motor operated recorders
for recording the condition of a lock operating mechanism. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism, see Motor Systems and Power, Motion, Force or Torque Transmitting
Devices Driven Thereby in the class definition. |
| 84, | Music,
subclasses 3 , 9, 11, 19, 107, 113, 405, and 407 for electric
motor operated musical devices, subclass 123 for electric motor
operated note selector sheet winding and rewinding mechanisms. |
| 105, | Railway Rolling Stock,
subclasses 35 and 49+ for electric motor driven locomotives. |
| 124, | Mechanical Guns and Projectors,
subclass 3 for electromagnetic guns and projectors for projecting
missiles through the air. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclass 75.8 for electric motor driven manicuring. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 310 for electric motor operated roll type flexible
panel or fabric (roller blinds or shades) devices, and subclass
331 for motor operated arrangements having drape type flexible panel
or fabric type devices. |
| 180, | Motor Vehicles,
subclass 220 for electric powered two wheel vehicles; subclass
65 for miscellaneous electric powered vehicles, subclass 443 for
electric powered steering for vehicles. |
| 185, | Motors: Spring, Weight, or Animal Powered, is the generic class of motors. |
| 187, | Elevator, Industrial Lift Truck, or Stationary Lift
for Vehicle,
subclasses 247+ for computer control of an elevator, subclasses
277+ for an electric control for the power source of the drive
means of an elevator, and subclass 280 for a door actuated electric
control for the power source of the drive means of an elevator. |
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous braking systems
and devices see
subclasses 157 and 158+ for electric motor operated brakes.
The general line between electric motor braking in Class 318 and
the braking art in Class 188 and 303 is as follows. The nominal
combination of an "electric motor" and a particular
brake or braking system for braking the electric motor, in which
combination no details of structure of the electric motor or no electric
motor circuit relationships are set forth in the claim, is classified
in Classes 188 and 303. Where any particulars of structure characteristic
of an electric motor or any electric motor circuits relationships
are set forth, classification is in Class 318. However, see "Note
1" appended to the search reference to Class 192, immediately
following, for further information regarding the line between Class
318 and other classes for "motor control and brake" combinations.
Whenever the braking means are connected or arranged or operated
to brake a device actuated by the motor and thus only indirectly
brake the motor, classification is in Class 318 provided that the
motor is always braked whenever the brake is made effective and
provided also that the load device to which the motor is connected
does not determine classification elsewhere. However, if the braking means
as claimed are effective at any time to brake the load device without
simultaneously braking the motor or if the braking means is effective
at any time to brake any device not actuated by the motor, classification
is not in Class 318. |
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclass .02 for electric motor control and clutch; subclasses
1.1+ for electric motor control and brake. See "Motor
Systems and Power, Motion, Force, or Torque Transmitting Devices" in
Lines With Other Classes, above, for the line between Classes 192
and 318 with respect to motor control and clutch control. The line
between Class 192, subclasses 1.1+, motor control and brake
control, and Class 318 is as follows: Where there is any control
of the electric motor combined with additional means for braking
the motor wherein the motor is always braked whenever the braking
means is rendered effective, classification is in Class 318. Where
the braking means is applied to some device not actuated or driven
by the electric motor, or where the braking means is applied to
a device which is actuated or driven by the electric motor, but
wherein means are provided for discontinuing the driving relationship
between the motor and its driven device so that braking can be applied
to the driven device without simultaneously braking the motor, classification
is in Class 192. |
| 198, | Conveyors: Power-Driven, appropriate subclasses, for electric motor driven
conveyors. |
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 80 for electric motor driven centrifugal switches. |
| 212, | Traversing Hoists,
subclass 226 for electric motor driven overhead cranes, subclasses
331+ for electric motor operated self propelled hoists. |
| 219, | Electric Heating, appropriate subclasses for electric motor actuated and
controlled electric heating systems, see
subclass 4 for electric welding apparatus having electric
motors for moving the welding electrodes. |
| 222, | Dispensing,
subclasses 52+ for electric motor controlled dispensing apparatus. |
| 236, | Automatic Temperature and Humidity Regulation, for temperature and humidity regulating systems which include
an electric motor, particularly
subclass 74 for electric motor actuated systems. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ is the generic subclass for systems and apparatus
for automatically controlling the steering of a mobile device in
two or three dimensions by electrical means. See the Search Notes
to subclasses 175+ for the other classes which provide
for systems and apparatus for the control of the steering or motion
of mobile craft by means of electric motors and for a statement
as to the line between the classes. Also see Load Device Driven
By The Motor in the class definition of Class 318. |
| 246, | Railway Switches and Signals,
subclass 221 for electric motor actuated signal systems. |
| 251, | Valves and Valve Actuation,
subclass 129.01 for electric motor actuated valves. |
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants,
subclasses 9+ for prime mover dynamo plants involving electric
traction motors; subclasses 10+, 22+, 30, 31+,
36+, 38, 46, 47, and 48 for electric motor starters for
prime mover dynamo plants. |
| 303, | Fluid-Pressure and Analogous Brake System, for fluid-pressure brake systems, per se, of general
application. The line between Class 303 and Class 318 parallels
the line between Class 188 and Class 318, and is stated in the remarks under
the search reference to Class 188, above. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 11+ for plural load circuit systems, and see Combined
With Coordinate Electrical Systems in Lines With OTher Classes,
above. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, appropriate subclasses for structure of electrical
motors, and see Clutches and Electrical Motor Structure in Lines
With Other Classes, above. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, appropriate subclasses for the structure of electric
motors (as distinguished from the systems of supply and control).
See "Electric Motor Structure" above. |
| 314, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Consumable
Electrodes,
subclass 62 for control systems for controlling the operation
of a consumable electrode type discharge device (arc lamp) where
the system is controlled in response to the speed of an electric
motor, subclasses 68+ and the subclasses specified in the Notes
to the definition of those subclasses for electric motor driven
feeding mechanism for feeding an electrode in a consumable electrode type
discharge device (arc lamp), see indented subclasses 69+ where
the motor is a rotary electric motor, and subclasses 105+ and
113+ consumable electrode discharge devices having electromagnetic
motor means for separating the electrodes from each other. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging or Discharging, appropriate subclasses for a generator source for
a battery or capacitor charging or discharging system. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, electric motor systems are found throughout the class both
as driving means for the generator and as a control therefor. Although
the following subclasses have many motor systems, the list is neither
complete nor exhaustive. See
subclass 16 for electric motor driven generator systems having
simultaneous control of motor and generator; subclass 39 for electric
motor driven generator systems having electric motor control; subclasses
70, 71, 80, and 84 for generator control systems employing electric motor
systems therein. See Systems Generic to Motors or Generators in
the class definition of Class 322. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, where the system includes a dynamo-electric machine,
and the machine is disclosed but not claimed as either an electric
motor or an electric generator, the patent is included in this class
if the claimed system is otherwise within the definition of Class
322, and provided that no structure or circuit is claimed that limits
the system to being a motor system (in case the machine is disclosed
as being a motor). Where the machine is claimed as being either
a motor or generator, the patent is classified in Class 322. See "Systems
Generic To Motors Or Generators" above. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation Systems,
subclasses 201 through 204for dynamoelectric systems; and subclasses 220-354
for regulators which may include motors. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing, appropriate subclass for electrical measuring systems which
include electric motor systems. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets,
and Electromagnets,
subclass 2 for electromagnetically actuated switches, especially
subclasses 68+ for motor operated switches, subclasses
209+ for magnets and electromagnets with or without armatures. |
| 337, | Electricity: Electrothermally or Thermally Actuated
Switches,
subclasses 15+ for thermal current thermostatically operated switches. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical, for electric signaling systems which include electric motor systems,
particularly
subclass 870.43 for telemetric systems which include electric motor systems,
such as, for example, follow-up systems. |
| 342, | Communications: Directive Radio Wave Systems
and Devices (e.g., Radar, Radio Navigation),
subclasses 61+ and 73+ for control where reflected or
otherwise returned radio wave energy (e.g., radar) is utilized.
See the search notes in the class definition of Class 342 for the
other subclasses and classes which provide for radiant energy systems
for controlling devices and apparatus. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 139+ for relay and electromagnet circuits. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclass 272 for projectors having electromagnetic motor operated
tiltable or rotatable reflector and bulb unit and subclass 286 for
projectors having electromagnetic motor operated adjustable light
source. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems, appropriate subclasses for systems for rectification, derectification,
phase conversion, frequency conversion, or combinations thereof.
See
subclasses 102+ for dynamoelectric current converter systems; subclass
150 for dynamoelectric phase converter systems; and subclasses 174+ for
dynamoelectric frequency converter systems. |
| 368, | Horology,
subclasses 66 , 76, 218, and 321 for electric motor driven clocks
and the electric systems therefore, and subclasses 250 and 250-254
for electrically operated alarms for clocks. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 132+ for an electric motor (piezoelectric or electromagnetic)
driven recording stylus and driving circuitry. |
| 375, | Pulse or Digital Communications,
subclasses 354+ for synchronizing systems for digital communication
in general. |
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers), for electric motor driven impellers (propellers). |
| 417, | Pumps,
subclasses 410.1+ for electric motor driven pumps and subclass 416
for pumps driven by a reciprocating electric motor. |
| 440, | Marine Propulsion, for significant boat and ship structure combined
with electric motor propulsion means. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 144+ , 483, 484+ for toy electrically driven
machinery. |
| 483, | Tool Changing, generally for a process or apparatus including a
tool transfer means combined with a tool support or storage means. |
| 505, | Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process,
subclasses 150+ for high temperature (Tc > 30
K) superconducting devices, and particularly subclasses 166+ for motors
or generators. |
| 601, | Surgery: Kinesitherapy,
subclasses 70+ , 87+, 93+, and 101+ for
electric motor operated kinesitherapy (message) devices. |
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems or Specific
Applications,
subclasses 1 through 89for generic data processing control systems. This
subclass will accept the following claimed subject matter: (a) electric
control systems where the end load or device is not an electric motor;
(b) control systems which may include a positional servo system
but the ultimate claimed load is not a positional servo control; (c)
control systems where a positional servo means is not the sole load;
and (d) control systems where a specific stored programmable digital
computer is used in a positional control system. This is generally
indicated by the presence of a flow chart for data processing; subclasses
90-306 for control systems which are limited by the claims to a
particular process or have a specific utility, particularly subclasses 245-264
for control systems where the ultimate load is a robot arm or arm
segment. |
| 901, | Robots, subcollection 2+ for robot arm motion controllers. |
SECTION V - GLOSSARY
ACCELERATION CONTROL
Controlling the change of speed of an electric motor from
zero speed to some running speed value and vice versa, or from one
running speed value to another running speed value. Mere starting
of the motor is not considered to be acceleration control unless
the acceleration of the motor is controlled after the starting operation.
Acceleration control includes deceleration control. Deceleration
control differs from motor braking in that in deceleration control
no means are utilized for applying an opposing torque or output
force to the driving member of the motor. In deceleration control,
for example, the power input to the motor is varied to decelerate the
motor. See the definition of braking below. Mere stopping of the
motor by opening the supply circuit is not deceleration control
in the absence of any means to control the rate of stopping, but
is mere stopping.
For the distinction between acceleration control and running
speed control, see the definition of Running Speed Control.
ALTERNATING-CURRENT COMMUTATING MOTOR
A motor having a commutator electrically connected to a
winding of the motor, the motor being designed to operate on alternating
current. Such motors are sometimes referred to as "series
A-C motors", "universal motors". See
the definition of Repulsion motor above, and the definition of self-commutated
impulse or reluctance motors below.
AUTOMATIC STARTING AND STOPPING
Starting, stopping, or the combination of these two operations
is treated in this class as a single motor operation. Automatic
starting and stopping (i.e., starting or stopping which is initiated
in response to a condition) is classified for the most part in subclass
445 or in the subclasses specified in the notes to the definition
of those subclasses. If the stopping control involves motor braking,
then the patent is classified in the braking control subclasses.
If the stopping control involves motor deceleration control, but
not motor braking, then the patent is classified in the motor acceleration
control subclasses. If the starting control involves motor acceleration
control, then the patent is classified in the motor acceleration
subclasses. See diverse motor operations for the classification
where the system has means for automatic starting or stopping of
the motor and also means for performing another control operation.
Where the motor is stopped and then started in the reverse direction
of motion, the patent is classified in the motor reversing control
subclasses. See below, for a definition of Reversing Control.
Where the motor armature or primary current is controlled during
the starting and/or stopping period other than for acceleration,
deceleration, or braking control, see definition of Motor Load Control.
CIRCUIT MAKING AND/OR BREAKING DEVICE
A device for fully establishing and/or fully
interrupting the electrical conductivity of an electrical path or
circuit between two or more points in an electrical circuit by relative
movement of electrically conductive elements into and/or
out of physical contact with each other.
DIVERSE MOTOR OPERATIONS
For the purpose of classification in the subclasses entitled "plural,
diverse motor operations control" the following limitations
are applied relative to the nature of the several operations:
| |
(I). Starting, stopping, or the combination of these two operations
is treated as a single motor operation control. However, since mere
starting or stopping is an incident to many other motor operations
(such, for example, as acceleration, reversing, braking to a stop,
etc. in which actual starting or stopping may take place) such mere
starting and/or stopping will not be considered a motor
operation control which is included in this subclass as combinable
with other motor operations, unless means are provided for effecting
an automatic starting and/or stopping in response to a
predetermined condition. Thus, ordinary (e.g., manual) starting
or stopping combined with running-speed control is not included
in the plural diverse motor operations control subclasses, whereas
automatic starting and stopping in response to thermal changes combined
with means for causing the motor to run in either direction (reversing)
is included as plural diverse motor operations control. For example;
automatic opening of motor circuit at limit of travel plus simultaneously
shorting the armature for dynamic braking is classified as combined braking
and automatic starting and/or stopping. Likewise, automatically
opening the circuit of the motor while running at an appreciable
speed coupled with a braking operation simultaneously with or shortly thereafter
is considered a plural operational control. The following motor
operations controls are included in the plural diverse motor operations
control subclasses: (a) Reversing control; (b) Acceleration control; (c)
Running-speed control; (d) Braking control; (e) Motor load control,
and (f) Automatic starting and/or stopping. For definitions
of the various individual controls listed above see the other sections under
Definitions of Motor Operation Control of this class which pertain
to the several individual motor controls. The following are not
included herein as combinable motor controls: (a) Phase or Power Factor
Control; (b) Temperature control of the motor, including heating
or cooling thereof; (c) Signalling, testing, indicating or measuring
of conditions in or about the motor; (d) Ordinary or mere starting
and/or stopping of the motor; (e) Phase splitting or phase
conversion to adapt a motor for operation from a source of electrical
supply having a different number of phases than that for which the
motor is wound; and (f) Means for lubricating the motor. |
ELECTRIC MOTOR:
A machine which transforms electric energy into mechanical
energy.
IMPEDANCE OR IMPEDANCE DEVICE
A means having inductance, capacity, resistance or any combination
thereof and excluding any source of electric energy.
HOMOPOLAR OR UNIFORM-FIELD MOTORS
A noncommutating motor having a magnetic field producing
means combined with one or more electric conductors mounted to move
relative to and in proximity to the field producing means, the field
producing means being so constructed or energized that the magnetic
field produced thereby is, at any instant of time, of the same polarity
or direction throughout its extent with reference to the path of
travel of the movable electric conductor or conductors.
IMPACT, MECHANICAL SHOCK, OR VIBRATION-PRODUCING MOTOR
An electric motor having means for moving one of the motor
parts into impact or percussive contact with one or more other parts
of either the motor structure or a part which is structurally combined
with the motor structure, or a motor whose prime or essential function
is to transmit mechanical shock or vibrations to a device or mechanism
secured to the motor or upon which the motor may be mounted, (e.g.,
rotary motor with the rotor unbalanced to produce vibrations which
are transmitted to its support.
INDUCTION MOTORS
An asynchronous alternating current motor which operates
during running speed conditions as a result of electromagnetic induction
and which has at least two electrical conductors which are mounted
or positioned in electromagnetic relationship with each other and
for movement relative to each other, and in which alternating current
energy delivered to one of the conductors ("primary" or "inducing" member)
induces in the other of said conductors ("secondary" or "induced" member) an
alternating current and the mechanical energy is obtained as a result
of the electromagnetic inductive action between the magnetic field
generated by the alternating current in the one conductor and the
magnetic field generated by the induced current in the other conductor.
The secondary or induced winding is usually short circuited or shunted
by means of an impedance. An example of an induction motor is the
squirrel cage motor, that is, a motor where the secondary winding consists
of a plurality of short-circuited bars. See the definition of a "repulsion
motor".
LINEAR MOVEMENT MOTORS
A motor having means for causing the working element to
move in a substantially linear or uni-directional path. The path
may be straight, curved, tortuous, or even closed upon itself, provided
the movable element is not pivoted for rotation about an axis.
The motor may have means for reversing the direction of movement
of the movable element. Where the reversing means includes means
for periodically or repeatedly reversing the motor at predetermined
intervals, the motor system is considered to be an oscillating or
reciprocating motor system. See the Glossary definition of Oscillating
Or Reciprocating Motor.
MAGNETOSTRICTIVE MOTOR
A motor having a magnetizable member or which has its dimensions
changed as a result of changing currents in the electromagnetic
field producing means which effects the magnetizable member, the
physical distortion or change in dimensions producing the mechanical
energy.
MOTOR BRAKING CONTROL
Includes any device or means for applying a torque or force
to the power output element of the electric motor in a direction
which is in opposition to the motor torque or force (resulting from
electrical energization of, or the kinetic or potential energy stored
in, the motor) and tending to retard, stop or prevent movement of
the motor--excepting, of course, mere useful load devices actuated
by the motor, or such forces that are normally inherent in the motor
structure, per se, such as bearing friction, windage, eddy current
reaction, etc. However, means providing for substantially increased
or accentuated eddy currents in the motor structure to increase
the retarding or braking effect, are classified herein. Examples
of braking means included herein, include, auxiliary eddy-current
disks, electric generators, fans, pumps, propellers and other motor
shaft loading devices when such devices are limited in the claims
to the function of braking the motor. When such shaft loading devices
are not limited as claimed to the function of braking, classification
is not herein, but in some other appropriate place. For the distinction
between braking control and deceleration control see the definition
of Acceleration Control in the Glossary. Braking of the motor
to control the running speed of the motor (e.g., to maintain the speed
constant) is classified in the running speed control subclasses.
For the distinction between motor braking and motor reversing,
see reversing control below.
MOTOR DECELERATION CONTROL
See the definition of motor acceleration control in
the definition of motor deceleration control.
MOTOR LOAD CONTROL
Controlling the mechanical load actuated by the motor or
controlling the motor armature or primary current during the starting
and/or stopping period of the motor. Where the current
is controlled to control the acceleration or deceleration of the
motor, the system is classified as motor acceleration or deceleration
control, see section IB4a of the class definition. Where the current
is controlled to effect motor braking the system is classified as
braking control see the definition acceleration control.
MOTOR OPERATION CONTROL
See the Glossary terms Acceleration Control; Automatic
Starting and Stopping; Motor Braking Control, Motor Deceleration
Control; Motor Load Control, Reversing Control, Running Speed Control;
Starting And/Or Stopping; Diverse Motor Operations.
NONMAGNETIC MOTOR
A motor having means other than a magnetic field producing
means for producing a mechanical force. Example of nonmagnetic
motors are piezo-electric crystals, thermo-electric motors.
RECIPROCATING OR OSCILLATING MOTOR
A motor which is structurally arranged or constructed
so as to have a limited degree of movement, and which is provided
with means for moving the movable (working element) of the motor
to-and-fro repeatedly over substantially the same path or arc of
movement (including rotations about an axis co-incident with the
geometrical or center-or-gravity axis of the movable element of
the motor). Compare this definition and the definition of "LINEAR
MOVEMENT MOTORS".
SPECIAL TYPES OF MOTORS:
The several designations applied to distinguish the several
types of motors such as series motors, induction motors, synchronous
motors, etc., shall apply to those motors whose normal running
characteristics are so described. Thus a synchronous motor is one
which runs as a synchronous motor under normal running or load conditions.
This is true even though the motor may be driven by some other
device either (mechanical or electrical) during the starting and/or
accelerating period or may operate on some other motor principle
during the starting or accelerating period. Such an instance may
be illustrated by a synchronous motor which is provided with means
to cause it to start as an induction motor and subsequently and
normally run at synchronous speed. Such a motor is considered to
be a synchronous motor, since under normal running conditions, it
exhibits all the characteristics of a synchronous motor.
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
An alternating-current or a pulsating current motor which,
under running-speed conditions, operates at an average speed which
is always exactly proportional to the frequency or periodicity of
the source which supplies electric energy to the armature or primary
circuit of the motor and which speed is independent of the voltage
of the source, the magnitude of the field excitation, or the load
on the motor.
REPULSION MOTOR
An induction motor (defined in INDUCTION MOTORS above)
in which the secondary or induced member is provided with a commutator,
the commutator being engaged with a pair of circumferencially spaced short-circuited
brushes, and in which either means (e.g., an auxiliary winding)
is provided in inductive relation to the secondary to produce a
magnetic field in time phase with, and displaced in relation to,
the field produced by the primary or inducing member, or the brushes
are displaced from the mid-position between adjacent primary (winding)
pole positions whereby the motor may operate continuously under
running-speed conditions. See the definition of self-commutated
impulse or reluctance motors.
SERIES MOTOR
A motor having at least one field producing winding and at
least one armature winding, all of the field-producing windings
which are connected to be energized being electrically connected
in series-circuit relationship with all of the armature windings
which are connected to be energized.
SELF-COMMUTATED IMPULSE OR RELUCTANCE MOTORS
A rotary motor of the type in which the rotor element tends
to assume a predetermined angular position when the motor is continuously
energized and is provided with a commutator or circuit making and
breaking device which is actuated by the motor to determine the instants
of time at which the field producing windings thereof are energized
and de-energized relative to the angular position of the rotary
element. See the definition of a Repulsion Motor above.
REVERSING CONTROL
Motor systems in which means are provided for operating
the motor in one direction at one time and in the opposite direction
at another time, or for causing the motor to operate in a direction
opposite to that in which it has previously been operating. In
reversing motor systems, means must be provided for causing the
motor to produce a torque in both directions of operations. Where
the motor current is controlled only to bring the motor to a stop
or to brake the motor, there being no operation in the reverse direction,
the system is classified as motor braking or as motor deceleration
control, depending upon whether the motor is merely braked or whether
the rate of deceleration is controlled. See the class definition
for a definition of deceleration control and motor braking control
in the class definition for a definition of braking control.
RUNNING SPEED CONTROL
Motor systems in which means are provided for regulating
or controlling the speed of an electric motor after it has been
accelerated to some operating speed at which it is designed to run
until the work or useful load device driven by the motor has performed
its duty at that speed.
| | (1)
Note. Means for controlling the speed of the motor during
the starting or accelerating period of operation (i.e., means for
controlling the rate of change of speed) are not classified herein
even though the claims may term such control as "speed" control, but
are classified under "acceleration". For a definition
of acceleration control, see section IB4a, of the class definition.
Since it is common practice to use the acceleration means for also
controlling the running-speed of the motor, patents in which both acceleration
and running-speed are claimed and in which both controls are effected
by precisely the same means in whole or in part, classification
will be on the basis of acceleration control only. Under these
circumstances of control when some claims refer only to "running-speed" control
and/or some other claims refer only to acceleration control,
classification will only be on the basis of the acceleration control.
When, however, acceleration and running-speed control means are
claimed in combination and any means not a part of the acceleration means
are used to control the running-speed, classification will be on
the basis of combined motor-operation controls including acceleration
and running-speed control. Where means are employed to affect the
magnitude of the running-speed of an electric motor and the magnitude
of the means (e.g., resistance, reactance, voltage, etc.), or the
position (e.g., angle of brush position), of the running-speed control means
is not varied or changed, either inherently or otherwise, at any
time during the period of acceleration, classification will be on
the basis of running-speed control and not on the basis of acceleration control
even though there may be some effect on the rate of acceleration.
For example, a motor speed control system comprising a fixed resistor
connected in the armature circuit, the magnitude of the resistance
of which resistor does not vary appreciably under the conditions
of use and which resistor is not varied or removed from the circuit
during the acceleration period is classifiable under running speed control
and not under acceleration control. Since some running-speed control
means may be similar or even identical with some acceleration control
means, searches for motor acceleration control should be, in appropriate
instances, extended to include the running-speed control art. |
STARTING AND/OR STOPPING
Generally, the only motor systems classified as starting and
stopping are those where the supply circuit to the motor is merely
closed in the case of starting, or the supply circuit is opened
in the case of stopping, there being no control of the rate of starting
or stopping, or no auxiliary means to brake the motor. See the
definition of acceleration control of the class definition for the
starting and/or stopping systems which include motor acceleration
and/or deceleration control means. See the definition
of motor braking control of the class definition for the stopping
systems which include motor braking. See the definition of motor
braking control for the class definition for motor systems where
the armature or primary circuit is controlled during the starting
and/or stopping period for purposes other than motor acceleration,
deceleration or braking control. Motor systems having only starting
and/or stopping control are classified in the miscellaneous
subclasses of this class. See Subclass References to the Current
Class for motor systems where automatically controlled means control
the starting and/or stopping and for the motor systems where
the system includes a three or more position motor controller to
control the starting and/or stopping.
SUBCLASSES
![[List of Patents for class 318 subclass 1]](../ps.gif) 1 | ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH NONMOTOR DRIVING MEANS (E.G., AXLE DRIVE, MANUAL
DRIVE): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which one or more electric motors are
combined with one or more means (other than a motor) for
driving or actuating one or more load devices, e.g., axle drives.
| | (1)
Note. See Electric Motor Combined With Other Driving
Means in the Class Definition for the line between this class and
other classes which provide for the combination of an electric motor
and a nonelectric motor. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the electric motor or motors and other
driving means drive or are part of an art device, classification
is with the art device and not in this class. See Load
Device Driven By The Motor in the Class Definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 5, | for plural electric motor drives for plural particular
load devices. |
| 8, | for plural electric motor drives for single particular
load devices. |
| 34+, | for plural electric motor drives arranged to drive
one or more general load devices. |
| 150, | and 161, for motors combined with flywheels
for actuating load devices. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 698 for the combination of plural diverse motors, including
electrical motor combined with nonelectrical motors. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 165+ and 508+ for plural expansible chamber
motors. |
| 185, | Motors: Spring, Weight, or
Animal Powered, is the generic class of motors. |
|
| | |
| 2 | Manual driving means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter in which one or more electric motors are
combined with manually actuated means for driving or actuating one
or more load devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 479.01 for plural controlling or actuating elements for
levers and linkages in general and subclasses 625+ for
alternate hand or power operators, where no electric motor
control is claimed. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 9 for systems wherein a generator is actuated by
plural driving means, one of them being manual. |
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components,
subclasses 1+ for inputs from independent power sources to a
planetary gear transmission. |
|
| | |
| 3 | WITH PARTICULAR MOTOR-DRIVEN LOAD DEVICE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which one or more electric motors are
connected or arranged to be connected to actuate one or more particular
or specific load devices which load devices must constitute a significant
part of the combination; and in which means are also provided
for controlling or supplying electric energy to the electric motor
or motors.
| | (1)
Note. See Load Device Driven By The Motor, in
the Class Definition for a statement in regard to the combination
of electric motors and load devices driven thereby included to this
class. |
| | (2)
Note. Significant power, torque, force
or motion transmitting mechanism is considered to be a particular
or specific load device for classification in this or the indented
subclasses. See Motor Systems and Power, Motion, Force
or Torque Transmitting Devices Driven Thereby, in the Class
Definition for the combinations of motor supply and/or
control and the power, torque, force or motion
transmitting mechanism driven thereby which are included in this
class. |
| | (3)
Note. Where the particular load device is a flywheel
merely, classification is not herein but in appropriate
subclasses below. See the Search notes below. |
| | (4)
Note. See the classes listed under the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 39, | for electric motor systems of the work and feed
or indexing type of motor combination where there are a plurality
of motors. |
| 161, | for an electric motor driving a flywheel, see (2) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 4 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled load device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3. Subject matter in which there are two or more particular
load devices driven by one or more electric motors and in which
one or more of the load devices are structurally different from
or are operated or controlled differently (e.g., with respect
to time, mode or degree of operation or control, particular
means employed to effect the operation or control) than
one or more of the other of the load devices.
| | (1)
Note. Where the plural driven devices operate as
a unit, all receiving the same kind and degree of control
so that they function as a single (although sometimes variable) unit, classification
will be in this class along with the single driven devices. |
| | (2)
Note. Where two or more load devices are claimed
and at least one of the load devices is significantly claimed, classification
will be in this subclass or a subclass indented hereunder. |
| | (3)
Note. This and the indented subclass include the
combination of an electric motor driving a particular or specific load
device and a power, force or motion transmitting mechanism, the
latter mechanism having means for driving a load device other than
the first mentioned particular or specific load device. | |
| | |
| 5 | Plural motor drive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter in which two or more electric motors are
provided to drive the driven devices and in which one of the motors
is arranged to drive one of the driven devices and another of the
motors is arranged to drive another of the driven devices; or, in
which one of the motors is supplied with electrical energy differently
or is controlled differently with respect to time, load, speed, etc., from
another of the motors, or in which one of the motors is
substantially different structurally from another motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1, | for subject matter within the class definition having
an electric motor driving means and a nonmotor driving means. |
| 8+, | for plural electric motors driving single particular
load devices. |
| 34+, | for miscellaneous plural electric motor systems
within the class definition. |
| 39, | for electric motor systems of the work and feed
or indexing type of motor combination where there are a plurality
of motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 165+ and 508+ for plural expansible chamber
motors. |
|
| | |
| 6 | Tension-maintaining type of motor-control system: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
one or more electric motors so as to control the tension or tautness
in a material being driven, conveyed, or otherwise
moved by the motor at some predetermined value or within some predetermined
limits.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362+, | for patents relating to braking of load devices
driven by electric motors. |
| 432, | for patents relating to constant motor current or
load or torque control. |
| 436, | for patents relating to motor systems for producing
torque while the motor is not running but is still energized. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclass 6 for a metal-shaping apparatus combined with
a condition responsive device for automatically controlling the
operation of the apparatus and subclass 183 for a metal deforming
apparatus for deflecting successively presented portions of work
by tension applied thereto. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 254 for tensioning devices for sewing machines. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclasses 213+ for tension relieving devices on ships. |
| 226, | Advancing Material of Indeterminate Length,
subclass 10 for a feeder controlled by the tension in a strand
or web. |
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclasses 410+ and 147+ for a device for controlling
tension in a running length of elongated material. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclasses 274+ for apparatus for hauling or hoisting a load, including
a cable-pulling drum having a mechanism linked to the drum, or
a rotating element of the drive for the drum, for generating
a control impulse to the drive motor of the drum when the torque
on the drum varies. |
| 440, | Marine Propulsion,
subclass 34 for ship towing by cables, wherein means may
be provided for controlling the cable tension or tautness. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
subclasses 101+ for means for adjusting belt tension in a power
transmission. |
|
| | |
| 7 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 6. Subject matter in which two or more motors are controlled
and in which one or more of the motors are controlled differently
from one or more other of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34, | and the subclasses specified in the notes to the
definitions of those subclasses, for plural electric motor
systems in general. |
|
| | |
| 8 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled driving
motors (e.g., driving differential
gearing): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3. Subject matter in which two or more electric motors are
employed to drive a particular load device and in which one or more
of the motors (1) are substantially different, structurally, or (2) are
controlled or operated differently with respect to time, load, speed, etc., from
one or more other of the motors.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes subject matter within
the class definition where plural diverse or diversely controlled electric
motors drive differential gearing. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1, | for subject matter within the class definition having
an electric motor driving means and a nonmotor driving means. |
| 5, | for plural electric motors driving plural diverse, or
diversely controlled particular load devices. |
| 7, | for this subject matter where the plural motors
control the tension or tautness of a material being driven, conveyed
or moved by the motor. |
| 34, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definitions of those subclasses for other plural electric motor systems
within the class definition. |
| 39, | for electric motor systems of the work and feed
or indexing type of motor combination where there are a plurality
of motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 716 a system of plural motors having a common output
and not provided for elsewhere. See the search note in
the definition of subclass 698 of Class 60. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 165+ and 508+ for plural expansible chamber
motors. |
|
| | |
| 9 | Power- or motion-transmitting mechanism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3. Subject matter in which the particular motor driven device
comprises means for receiving and transmitting mechanical power, torque, force, or
motion from the electric motor to some load device adapted to be
actuated thereby.
| | (1)
Note. Motor Systems and Power, Motion, Force
or Torque Transmitting Devices Driven Thereby in the class definition
for the combinations of an electric motor and a power, torque, force
or motion transmitting mechanism included in this class. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass excludes motor driven clutches
and motor driven magnetic field type of transmitting device. See
Search Class below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 4+, | for such transmitting mechanisms in combination
with other particular load devices, all actuated by electric motors, the
transmitting mechanism having means for driving a load device other
than the particular load device. |
| 8, | for such a transmitting mechanism driven by two
or more electric motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 75+ for electric motors having drive mechanism therefor, and
subclasses 92+ for the combination of an electric motor
and a magnetic field type of transmitting mechanism. See (1) Note
above. |
| 477, | Interrelated Power Delivery Controls, Including
Engine Control, for interrelated control between a motor and a transmission, clutch, or
brake. See (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 10 | Reversible drive mechanism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter in which the means driven by the motor is
adapted to drive a load shaft or device in a forward and in a reverse
direction without reversing the direction of operation of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 202 , 355, 361, 376+, 404, and other
appropriate subclasses for reversing gearing, and also "Mechanical
movement" subclasses involving oscillating or reciprocating
motions. |
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclass 21 for the combination of a clutch and a reversing
gear. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems and Components,
subclasses 1+ for control for forward and reverse in an endless
belt power transmission. |
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for reversing gearing in
planetary transmissions. |
| 476, | Friction Gear Transmission Systems or Components,
subclasses 15+ for friction gear transmissions having a forward
and reverse feature. |
|
| | |
| 11 | Variable speed mechanism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter in which the transmitting mechanism is adapted
to drive a load device at two or more speeds for a given single
speed of the electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 8, | for variable speed power or motion transmitting
mechanism (differential gearing) driven by plural
diverse or diversely controlled electric motors, as by
driving two input shafts, to obtain a variable speed of
the output shaft of the gearing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism, appropriate subclasses for the particular mechanical
variable speed transmission device, per se. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 92+ for variable speed magnetic-field type
clutch driven by electric or other motors. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for a variable speed endless
belt power transmission. |
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for variable speed gearing
in planetary transmission. |
|
| | |
| 12 | Gearing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 11. Subject matter in which the variable speed transmission
is mechanical gearing provided with means for producing two or more
output speeds when the input or receiving element thereof is being
driven at a single speed.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "mechanical gearing", see (1) Note
under subclass 15, hereinafter. |
| | (2)
Note. See the combination of an electric motor
system of the type classifiable in the class definition, for
a reference to the electric motor driven gearing in this class. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 15, | for miscellaneous electric motor driven mechanical
gearing within the class definition. See Note 1 above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 640+ for the structure of the variable speed gearing, per
se. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 83 for gear drives for electrical generators or motors. |
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for variable speed planetary gearing. |
|
| | |
| 13 | Differential type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 12. Subject matter in which the variable speed gearing is a
differential gearing with means for varying the output speed of
the gearing when the speed of the driving electric motor is at a predetermined
single value.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 8, | for this subject matter where the differential gearing
is driven by plural, diverse, or diversely controlled
electric motors. |
|
| | |
| 14 | Motion-converting mechanism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter in which the power transmitting mechanism
is a device which receives a force or motion from an electric motor
having one type or kind of motion (i.e., rotary, linear, etc.) and
delivers the force or motion by an element of the device which moves
with a different type or kind of motion (i.e., linear, reciprocating, rotary, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism, subclasses under "Mechanical Movements" beginning
with
subclass 20 for details of the motion converting mechanism, per
se. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 80+ for motion converting drive mechanism for an electric
motor and subclasses 92+ for magnetically energized motion
converting means. |
|
| | |
| 15 | Mechanical gearing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter in which the power transmitting mechanism
is a mechanical gearing or gear.
| | (1)
Note. For purposes of this class, "Mechanical
Gearing" is described as a device comprising two or more
relatively rotatable solid bodies each provided with interengaging
elements or frictional contact surfaces whereby one or more of the
relatively rotating bodies, operating in rolling contact
with another of said bodies, will transmit to or receive force
or motion from said other body by virtue of such rolling contact.
This includes belt gearing. Also a "gear" is described
as one of the relatively rotating bodies in the preceding paragraph. |
| | (2)
Note. See the combination of an electric motor
system of the type classifiable, for a reference to the
electric motor driven gearing in this class. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 8, | for mechanical gearing driven by plural diverse
or diversely controlled electric motors. |
| 10, | for electric motor driven reversible gearing. |
| 12, | for electric motor driven variable speed gearing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism, for gearing, per se. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 83 for gear drives for electric motors. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for an endless belt power transmission. |
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components, for planetary gearing, per se. |
|
| | |
| 16 | SUPPLIED OR CONTROLLED BY SPACE-TRANSMITTED ELECTROMAGNETIC
OR ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY (E.G., BY
RADIO): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the electric motor is supplied with
and/or controlled by electric space-transmitted
electromagnetic or electrostatic energy. (e.g., radio
energy).
| | (1)
Note. Unitary or structurally organized devices
commonly known as electromagnets, electric motors, electrostatic motors, etc., in
which an air gap or a displaceable dielectric or nonmagnetic substance
is present and across which electromagnetic or electrostatic lines
of force extend to an armature thereof, are not included
in the above recited means. |
| | (2)
Note. The magnitude of the distance between the
transmitter of energy or signals and the receiver is not critical
since they may be separated merely by a thin membrane, a
wall between rooms, or miles between stations. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 480, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for motor systems within the class definition
which are controlled by radiant energy, other than electromagnetic
or electrostatic energy. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 191, | Electricity: Transmission to Vehicles,
subclass 10 for electrical transmission to vehicles by magnetic
induction. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ is the generic subclass for systems and apparatus
for automatically controlling the steering of a mobile device in
two or three dimensions by electrical means, including such
control systems which utilize radiant energy. See the
Notes to the definition of that subclass for the other classes which
provide for systems and apparatus for the control of the steering
or motion of mobile devices and for a statement as to the lines
between the classes. |
| 334, | Tuners,
subclass 9 for a remote controlled variable tuner having an
electromagnetic operator. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 12.22 , 12.5-12.53, and
13.24-13.26 are the generic subclasses
for systems for the control of apparatus and devices at a distance
by means of radio wave energy. |
| 342, | Communications: Directive Radio Wave
Systems and Devices (e.g., Radar, Radio
Navigation),
subclasses 61+ for radio wave signal control if reflected or otherwise
returned (e.g., radar) energy
is utilized; subclasses 422+ provides for direction
finding receivers having movable antennas which are orientated in
the direction of the received signal by means of an electric motor
system. See the search notes in Class 342 for other subclasses and
classes which provide for radiant energy systems for controlling
apparatus and devices. |
|
| | |
| 17 | PORTABLE-MOUNTED MOTOR AND/OR PORTABLE-MOUNTED
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS THEREFOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for portably
supporting an electric motor or the electrical system of supply
and/or control therefor, the supporting means
being particularly adapted for moving the motor or the system from
one place to a different place.
| | (1)
Note. By way of example only, the following
means are illustrative of portably-supporting means included
in this subclass: runners or skids, wheels or rollers, drags
or "stone-boats", floating devices
or boats, vehicle, airplane, lighter-than-aircraft, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the motor is limited to actuating means
which propel the supporting means therefor, classification
is not in this class but in motor vehicles or in some other appropriate
class except in those instances where the combination is nominal
and is classified on basis of subcombination elsewhere in this class. |
| | (3)
Note. Handles, hooks, eyes, etc., connected
to, attached, or built-in a motor are
not considered as portably mounting means. |
| | (4)
Note. Electric motors with means for adjustable
positioning the motor on an otherwise fixed support for the purpose of
alignment, levelling, belt-tightening, etc., are
not included herein. |
| | (5)
Note. See the classes listed under "Search
Class" in the class definition for other classes which
provide for portably mounted electric motors or portable systems
for electric motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 47 for portable or hand held rotary magnetic motors
and subclass 50 for portable rotary electric motors. |
|
| | |
| 34 | PLURAL, DIVERSE OR DIVERSELY CONTROLLED ELECTRIC
MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which there are two or more electric motors
forming the ultimate load on the system of which one or more thereof are: (1)
Substantially structurally different than, or (2) Supplied
by substantially different sources of electrical supply than, or (3) Controlled
substantially differently than one or more others of the motors.
| | (1)
Note. For example only, it is interpreted that: (1) Motors
differ structurally when they are different in size, capacity, structural
details, etc.; (2) Motors
are supplied by different sources of supply when the sources differ (a) in
kind or type (e.g., AC and DC, generators
and electrical converters, different types of electrical
converters, different types of generators, etc.) or (b) when
the sources differ in size or capacity, or in magnitude of
an electrical characteristic thereof, such for example
as frequency, voltage; (3)
Motors are controlled differently when they are controlled at different times, in
different degrees or magnitude, by different control means, by
control means in different motor circuits, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. When the system of supply and control is not
limited as above, that is, when the motors are
controlled as a unit, classification will be in the subclasses with
single motors. |
| | (3)
Note. The several motors must have a useful output
severally and individually (i.e., they
must be "work" motors). When
a motor merely actuates a control element for controlling another
motor, such motor is not a useful output or work motor
such as is classified herein. |
| | (4)
Note. Plural motors implies the existence of two
distinct motors. Two distinct motors may be encased in
a common housing, be intricately interfitting, or
mounted on a common base. However, each must
have its distinct field structure and its distinct primary or armature
structure, and each must be magnetically distinct, from
the other. A motor element having a common field structure, a
common field flux or a common path for the field flux, even
though excited by separate windings fed from each armature and two
separate armature structures, is not considered a plural motor
device. Likewise, a common armature with separate
windings supplied by different sources, but in which the
fluxes traverse common parts or paths is not a plural motor device. |
| | (5)
Note. Motor systems having a plurality of motors, one
or more of which run at a constant speed or are not provided with any
significant motor control means, and only one of the motors
being provided with significant control means, are not classified
in subclasses 34+, but will be found in the subclasses
below which provide for the control system for the single motor
which is controlled. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 5, | for this subject matter where two or more motors
drive plural particular load devices. |
| 7, | for this subject matter where the plural motors
control the tension or tautness of a material being driven or moved
by the motors. |
| 8, | for this subject matter where two or more motors
drive a particular load device. |
| 19, | for this subject matter where the system has two
or more follow-up motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclasses 698+ for plural motors in general, including
the combination of an electrical motor and a nonelectrical motor.
See the search notes in the definition of subclass 698 of Class
60 for a listing of plural motor subclasses. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 165+ and 508+ for plural expansible chamber
motors. |
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants,
subclass 4 for electric generation systems having two or more
prime movers, at least one of which is a nonelectric prime
mover, for actuating a generator or generators. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 112+ for plural rotary dynamo-electric units
electrically distinct but structurally united; subclasses
114+ for rotary electric motors or generators having plural
rotors; subclasses 127+ for electric motors having
two or more commutator and/or sets of slip rings. |
|
| | |
| 35 | Motors with diverse motions (e.g., reciprocating
and rotary motors): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which there are one or more motors having
one kind of driving or output motion (e.g., rotary
motion) and one or more other motors having another king
of output or driving motion (e.g., linear
motion) and wherein the motors are each adapted to drive
or actuate a useful load device separately or in common. |
| | |
| 37 | Plural reciprocating or oscillating motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which two or more of the diverse or diversely
controlled motors are reciprocating or oscillating motors.
| | (1)
Note. See Reciprocating or Oscillating Motor, for
the definition of a "reciprocating or oscillating" motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119+, | for miscellaneous reciprocating or oscillating motor
systems in this class. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 15+ for reciprocating motors and subclass 36 for oscillating motors. |
|
| | |
| 38 | Plural linear-movement motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which two or more of the diverse or diversely
controlled motors are linear-movement motors.
| | (1)
Note. For the definition of "linear-movement
motors", see Linear Movement Motors. of
the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 135, | for miscellaneous linear-movement motors
in this class. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 12.01 through 12.33for a linear motor, per se. |
|
| | |
| 39 | Work and feed motors (e.g., indexing): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which one or more electric motors, hereinafter
referred to as "work" motors, are arranged
to actuate means for producing relative motion between: (1) a
thing to be treated, traversed or operated on, hereinafter referred
to as the "work", and (2), a
tool, or traversing or operating mechanism, hereinafter referred
to as the "tool", the tool being adapted to
perform some work or operation on or with respect to the work, combined
with one or more other electric motors, hereinafter referred to
as the "feed" or "indexing" motors, arranged to
control; (3) the rate of feed of the "work" to the "tool" or
vice versa, or (4) the position of the "tool", spacially
or angularly, relative to the path of movement of the work
or the tool whichever is driven by the work motor.
| | (1)
Note. In accordance with the class definition, when
the work and feed motor combination is limited to actuating particular
driven devices, classification will not be in this subclass (39) but
will be classified in some other class. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class. Inclusion of the
devices operated by the motors by name only, such as a "reciprocating
table", or "a carriage", a "movable
tool holder" where no significant structure of the machine
operated by the motors, will not be sufficient to exclude
the patent from this subclass. When, however, the
motors are claimed as being related as work and feed or indexing
motors with respect to each other and their operations are related
to each other, classification will be in this subclass.
Designation of the motors as "work" and "feed" or "indexing" motors is
sufficient basis for classification herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 3+, | for motor systems having particular load devices, see
subclass 4 where the motors drive a plurality of load devices, and
subclass 8 for plural motor drives for a single particular load
device. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working, work and feed motor arrangements are found throughout the
class, particularly note
subclasses 33+ for combined machines employing work and feed motor
combinations. |
| 408, | Cutting by Use of Rotating Axially Moving Tool,
subclasses 5+ , 8+ and 14+ for the
combination of a drilling machine of that class type with a control
means actuated by an external stimulus. |
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing, especially
subclasses 10+ , 50+, 75+, 79+, 183+, 185+, 332, and
339+ for a work feed motor arrangement in combination with
a gear cutting machine. |
| 451, | Abrading, cork and feed motor arrangements are found throughout the
class, most being found in
subclasses 1+ , 294, and 331+. |
|
| | |
| 40 | Motor biased against rotation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means, other than an electric
motor, are provided for causing the rotary work-element
of one or more of the electric motors to tend to return to a previously occupied
position when moved therefrom as a result of energization of the
motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119+, | for motor systems having reciprocating or oscillating
motors which are biassed to cause the movable element of the motor
to move in one direction of the reciprocating movement. |
| 159+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having a motor which
is biassed against rotation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 470 for resiliently connected levers and linkage systems. |
| 267, | Spring Devices, for structure of spring devices, per se. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 15+ for the structure of reciprocating motors having
biasing means for causing the movable element to move in one direction
of the reciprocating movement. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 131 for electric meters having biased pointers or indicators. |
|
| | |
| 41 | Having electrical synchronizing interconnections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for electrically
interconnecting the winding of an electric motor to the winding
of another electric motor, or for electrically interconnecting
a winding on an auxiliary dynamo-electric machine connected
to the rotor of an electric motor to the winding of an auxiliary
dynamo-electric machine connected to the rotor of another
electric motor; said interconnections being so arranged
that when the two electric motors operate at predetermined relative speeds
and/or phase relationships substantially no current flows
in said interconnections, but that when said relative speeds
or phase relationship depart from said relationships current flow
occurs in the interconnection in a direction which tends to restore
the said speed and/or phase relationships between the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 24, | and 30, for follow-up electric
motor systems of the synchronous type in which the transmitter (a
dynamo-electric machine) is electrically interconnected
with the receiver (an electric motor) and in which
movement of one machine tends to cause intercirculating currents
to flow resulting in a tendency toward synchronous movement therewith
of the other dynamo-electric machine. |
| 45, | for mechanically interconnected electric motors. |
| 68, | for miscellaneous plural motor systems having means
for controlling the relative speeds of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 702 for synchronizing arrangements for nonelectric
motors. |
| 348, | Television,
subclasses 500+ for television systems having synchronizing systems
for synchronizing motors at the transmitting and receiving stations with
respect to each other. |
| 358, | Facsimile and Static Presentation Processing,
subclasses 409 through 424for facsimile systems having synchronizing systems
for synchronizing motors at the transmitting and receiving stations
with respect to each other. |
| 370, | Multiplex Communications,
subclasses 303+ for a multiplexing system having a rotary distributing switch
at the transmitting and receiving stations. |
| 375, | Pulse or Digital Communications,
subclasses 354+ for synchronizing systems for digital communications
in general. |
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclass 34 for plural impellers having synchronizing means. |
|
| | |
| 42 | Between windings on auxiliary dynamo-electric
machines: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Subject matter in which an auxiliary dynamo-electric
machine is connected to the rotors of each of two or more electric
motors, and the synchronizing interconnections are connected between
the windings on the auxiliary dynamo-electric machines.
| | (1)
Note. These dynamo-electric machines normally
operate as generators when the motors are operated at a predetermined speed
and/or phase relationship and develop voltages that are
substantially equal and in opposition to each other. When, the
predetermined speed and/or phase relationships do not exist
the magnitude or the phase of the opposing voltages is such as to
cause one of the dynamo-electric machines to supply electric
energy to the other, the delivering dynamo-electric
machine thereby tending to load and hence reduce the speed of the
motor to which it is connected and the receiving dynamo-electric
machine tending to aid the electric motor to which it is connected
and, hence, to tend to increase the speed thereof
whereby the two motors are subjected to forces tending to restore
the predetermined speed and/or phase relationship therebetween. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 71, | for two or more motors each driving a tachometer
generator the armature circuits of which are connected in series opposition
with each other and also in series with some electric current responsive
device to detect current flow in the circuits of the interconnected
generators and as a result initiate changes in the relative speeds
of the motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 32 for electrical systems in which two or more load
circuits have control means for proportioning or dividing the total load
therebetween; subclass 84 for parallel generators which
supply energy to a useful load. |
|
| | |
| 43 | D.C. or A.C. commutator
motors with slip rings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Subject matter in which each of the interconnected motors
is either a direct-current motor or an alternating current
motor having both a commutator and one or more slip rings, the synchronizing
interconnections being connected to the slip rings.
| | (1)
Note. See Alternating-Current Commutating
Motor, for a definition of an "alternating current
commutator" motor. | |
| | |
| 44 | Between induction motor secondaries: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Subject matter in which two or more of the motors are induction
motors, the interconnections being made between the secondaries (induced
windings).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 818+, | for controlling induction motors by controlling
the secondary circuit thereof. |
|
| | |
| 45 | Mechanically coupled in fixed ratio of movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for coupling, mechanically, the
driving or output members of two or more motors in a fixed or predetermined
ratio of movement.
| | (1)
Note. Where one motor is connected to actuate an
element of a second motor which element is not the working or output
member of the second motor, classification is not in this
subclass or subclasses indented hereunder but in some other appropriate
subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. The following coupled motors are included
in this subclass: (1) two motors rigidly
and directly connected to a common load shaft whether in a common
or separate housing so long as each of the motor units is a distinct
unit capable of operating by itself; (2) two
or more motors coupled together through a variable speed gearing
which is adjustable to effect different coupling or speed ratios between
the motors but when adjusted to any particular ratio, does
not permit the motors to operate at any other ratio of speeds; (3) two
or more motors positively but resiliently, connected to
a common load shaft so that each motor is capable of slight movement
relative to its shaft but further movement in the same direction
is inhibited; (4) Two or more motors
geared to a common load. |
| | (3)
Note. The following motors are not included in this
subclass: (1) Two or more motors connected
to a common load by any means where slippage or racing of one motor
may occur relative to another; such, for example, as
two motors driving separate wheels of a vehicle which wheels are
not positively geared or linked together by a means other than the
common smooth rail or roadbed. See subclass 52 for this
subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 52, | see Note 3 above. |
| 137, | for motor systems which include an auxiliary motor
for producing mechanical torque on the principal during starting
or acceleration periods only. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 105, | Railway Rolling Stock,
subclasses 49+ for multiple motored electric locomotives the several
wheels or axles of which may be mechanically interconnected by means
of parallel or side rods. |
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclass .02 for two motors coupled through a clutch. |
|
| | |
| 46 | Motors having unlike operating characteristics: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 45. Subject matter in which one or more of the motors have electrical
or mechanical characteristics which are different than the corresponding
characteristic of one or more others of the motors.
| | (1)
Note. For example, two motors having materially
different speed-torque characteristics are included herein. | |
| | |
| 47 | Synchronous and nonsynchronous motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 46. Subject matter in which one or more of the motors is a synchronous
motor and one or more others of the motors is a non-synchronous motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of a synchronous motor, see
Synchronous Motor, of the class definition. | |
| | |
| 48 | Mechanically coupled in torque opposition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 45. Subject matter in which one or more of the motors are connected
to a rotary member so as to exert a torque therein in one direction
and one or more others of the motors are connected to the same rotary
member so as to exert torque therein in the opposite direction (either
simultaneously or otherwise).
| | (1)
Note. Usually, where the torque is applied
simultaneously, the shaft is turned in one direction by
the motor generating the largest torque. | |
| | |
| 49 | Motors electrically connected in cascade or tandem: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which there are one or more motors adapted
to be connected to one or more sources of electric energy to convert
part of the energy into mechanical energy and part into electrical
energy and in which there are one or more other motors combined
with means for supplying the last named motors with the converted
electrical energy.
| | (1)
Note. Arrangements within the definition of this
subclass include: (1) a wound-secondary
induction motor in the secondary circuit of which is connected the
primary or armature windings of another AC motor, both
motors, being adapted to perform useful work; (2) A direct
current motor adapted to perform useful work and in addition thereto
driving a d-c generator the output of which is supplied
to another electric motor. |
| | (2)
Note. Means may be provided for also connecting
the same motors in other relations with each other. For
example the circuit may be arranged so that the motors may be connected
in cascade, or in series or in parallel. |
| | (3)
Note. For cascade arrangements the armatures of
the several motors may not be connected conductively in series; that is, the
same current may not pass through one motor and then be conducted
on to another motor electrically in series with said one motor.
Usually, the armature of one motor is connected to the
secondary of another (induction) motor. The
s:graphic in this Note may be considered to depict plural
motors with separate sources of supply, also they may be
considered to be electrically in series.
|
| | (4)
Note. When electric energy is led to one machine
which may be referred to as a "motor" but which
serves only to convert electrical energy and to supply the converted
energy to a motor which has a mechanical energy output, the
first machine is merely considered a converter and not a motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 45+, | for this subject matter where two or more cascade
connected motors are mechanically coupled together in a fixed or
predetermined ratio of movement. |
| 731+, | for doubly fed induction motor systems e.g., where
both the primary and secondary windings of the motor are connected
to sources of electric energy. |
|
| | |
| 50 | With means for effecting other motor interconnections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the motors in electrical relationship with each other in other than
cascade or tandem relation.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the system may be arranged
so that the motors may be connected in cascade or tandem, or
in series, or in parallel. | |
| | |
| 51 | Plural, diverse motor controls for different motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
one or more motors to effect one operational control thereof and
for controlling one or more other motors to effect a different operational
control thereof.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is designed to include systems
in which the controls for different motors (which may be
of the same type) differ from each other; i.e., substantially
the same operational control is not exercised over all motors. The same
kind or type of control applied to different motors merely at different times
is not included herein. For example, see subclass
67 for plural motor systems where means are provided for running
one motor at a different speed from another, and subclass
91 for plural motor systems having means to accelerate or decelerate
the motors in succession or selectively. |
| | (2)
Note. For example, means may be provided
for controlling the running speed only of one motor and for controlling
the rate of acceleration only of another motor whether at the same
or different times. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 35, | for plural motor systems where one motor has a different
type of motion from the motion of another motor (rotary
motor and reciprocating motor). |
| 39+, | for work and feed or indexing motor combinations
involving different controls for different motors. |
| 53, | for plural motor systems where the system includes
means for effecting two or more diverse operations of the motors (reversing, running
speed control, braking, acceleration, deceleration, automatic
stopping or starting) the control operations being effected upon
all the motors, either simultaneously or in sequence. |
| 67, | see Note 1 above. |
| 91, | see Note 1 above. |
|
| | |
| 52 | Slipping and/or racing control for electric motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for reducing
the speed of, or reducing the electrical power input to, one
or more electric motors when one or more of the electric motors
is slipping or racing while operating as a motor.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes means which sense: (1) A
sudden increase in speed (that is, a high rate
of change of speed) of one or more electric motors, or (2) A
speed of one or more electric motors the speed of which is considerably
in excess of normal or rated speed thereof, or (3) A
substantial change in the relative speeds of two or more motors
connected to operate a common load device or physically interconnected load
devices so that the motors normally tend to operate at a predetermined
ratio of speeds and effects a reduction in speed of one or more
of the motors when the above speed conditions exist. |
| | (2)
Note. "Slipping" usually occurs
when the motor fails to drive its load, through failure
of the mechanical connection between the motor and load, and
thereby increases its speed due to a lack of load on the motor.
An example of slipping is the case of a traction motor driving a wheel, the
wheel may fail to grip the rail or road bed and "spin", thereby
reducing the load on the motor. |
| | (3)
Note. Where the control means affects the operation
at all speeds loads such as maintaining the speed of or load on
the motor or motors constant, or maintaining a predetermined
load division between several motors, classification is
not in this subclass, but is classified herein below in
the appropriate subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 68+, | for plural motor systems having relative running
speed control of plural motors. |
| 98+, | for plural motor systems having loads or currents
division between two or more motors. |
|
| | |
| 53 | Plural, diverse motor controls: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
two or more diverse operations of two or more motors.
| | (1)
Note. Combinations of the following single operations
are included in this subclass: (a) Reversing
control, (b) Acceleration control; (c) Running-speed control; (d) Braking
control; (e) Motor Load control; (f) Automatic
stopping and/or starting. The following are not considered
to be a single operation such as when combined with only one of
the operations in (a) to (f) or
with each other form plural diverse motor-operation control
for classification in these subclasses: (1) Phase
or Power Factor control; (2) Temperature
control of the motor; (3) Signalling, Testing, Indicating
or measuring conditions in the motor or its system; (4) Ordinary (manual) stopping and/or
starting; (5) Phase splitting or phase
conversion to supply the motor; (6) Lubricating
the motor. For example, operation (a) with
any one or more of operations (1) to (6) are
not classified in these subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 51, | for this subject matter where the system includes
plural motors in which one or more of the motors is controlled differently
than one or more of the others. |
| 67, | for plural motor systems where the system includes
means for running one of the motors at a different speed from the
speed of another motor. |
| 255+, | for motor systems having plural, diverse
motor operations control the single electric motors. |
|
| | |
| 54 | Motor-reversing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter in which one of the control means is a means
for reversing the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 65+, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the reversing of the motors. |
| 256+, | for single motor systems having control means for
reversing the motor. |
|
| | |
| 55 | With running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the running-speed of the motors.
| | (1)
Note. When the means which is used for controlling
the acceleration and/or deceleration of the motors is also
used for controlling the running speed of the motors, no
other running-speed control means being claimed, classification
will be in an appropriate subclass which includes acceleration control.
See subclasses 58, 61, 64 below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 59+, | and the subclasses specified in the search Notes
thereto for other plural motor systems having means for running-speed
control of plural motors, and another means for a different motor
control operation. |
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for other plural motor systems having means
for controlling the acceleration of the motor and means for performing
a different type of motor control operation. See Note (1) above. |
| 257+, | for single motor systems having the combination
of reversing and running-speed controls. |
|
| | |
| 56 | And braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Subject matter in which means are also provided for controlling
the motors by braking the same.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 63, | and the subclasses specified in the search Notes
thereto, for other plural motor systems having controls
of plural motors including braking thereof and another diverse type
of operation. |
| 258+, | for single motor systems having means for the combined
reversing, running-speed control and braking. |
|
| | |
| 57 | And braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Subject matter in which means are also provided for controlling
the motors by braking.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for reversing and braking with running-speed control
of the plural motors. |
| 63, | and the subclasses specified in the search Notes
thereto, for other plural motor systems having means for
controlling the braking and another different type of operation
of the motor. |
| 258+, | and 261+, for the single motor
systems having control means for reversing and braking the motor. |
|
| | |
| 58 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the rate of the motors acceleration and or deceleration.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having means for controlling the acceleration
and/or deceleration of the motors and means for performing
a different motor control operation. |
| 259, | and 260, for single motor systems having
means for the reversing and acceleration and/or deceleration
of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 59 | Running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the running speed of the motors in addition to one or more other
motor operations.
| | (1)
Note. Where the same means which is used for controlling
the acceleration and/or deceleration of the motors is also
used to control the running speed of the motors, no other
running speed control being claimed, classification will
not be herein but in the appropriate acceleration subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the definition of
that subclass for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the acceleration of the motor and for performing another motor control
operation. |
| 66+, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the running speeds of the motors. |
| 101+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
running-speed control and reversing control. |
| 268, | for single motor systems which have means for controlling
the running speed of the motor and having means for performing another
control operation. |
|
| | |
| 60 | And braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 59. Subject matter in which means are also provided for braking
the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the running-speed, the braking
and reversing. |
| 63, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for plural motor systems having means for controlling the braking
of the motors and for performing another control operation. |
| 269+, | and the subclasses specified in the search Notes
thereto for single motor systems having combined running speed control
and braking control. |
|
| | |
| 61 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 59. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the acceleration and/or deceleration of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 55+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the running speed, acceleration and/or deceleration
and reversing and with or without braking control of plural motors. |
| 58, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the acceleration and/or deceleration and reversing. |
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for other plural motor systems having means
to control the acceleration and/or deceleration and to
perform a different motor control operation. |
| 271, | and the subclasses specified in the search Notes
thereto, for combined running speed and acceleration and/or deceleration
controls of single motors. |
|
| | |
| 62 | And automatic starting and/or stopping and/or
with time delay: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 59. Subject matter in which means are also provided for automatically
starting and/or stopping the motors in response to one
or more predetermined conditions and/or with means to effect
a predetermined time delay in one or more operational controls of
the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 101, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the starting and/or stopping of the motor. |
| 272, | for single motor systems having combined running
speed control and automatic starting and/or stopping for single
motors. |
|
| | |
| 63 | Braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter in which means are provided for braking the
motors in addition to one or more other operational controls of
the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for braking, controlling the running speed and reversing. |
| 57, | for this subject matter where the motor system includes
means for braking and reversing. |
| 60, | for this subject matter where the motor system includes
means for braking and controlling the running speed. |
| 273, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto for single motor systems having braking control combined
with other motor-operation-controls. |
|
| | |
| 64 | Acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the rate of acceleration and/or deceleration of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 55, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the acceleration and/or deceleration, the running
speed and reversing. |
| 58, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the acceleration and/or deceleration and reversing. |
| 61, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to control the acceleration and/or deceleration and the
running speed. |
| 63, | for this subject matter where the system also includes
means to control the braking. |
| 90+, | for plural motor systems provided with means for
controlling the acceleration and/or deceleration of the motors. |
| 276, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for single motor systems having acceleration and deceleration
control combined with other motor operational controls. |
|
| | |
| 65 | Motor-reversing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for causing two
or more electric motors to operate in one direction at one time
and in a reverse direction at another time.
| | (1)
Note. Reversing the motor connections or reversing
the application of power to the motors while running, and
terminating the application of power to the motors prior to or substantially
at the time when the speed of the motors approach zero speed is
not included herein but is classified under braking. See
subclasses 86+, for braking control for plural
motors. There must be a substantial operation of the motors
in a reverse direction to be classified herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 54+, | for this subject matter where the system has means
for reversing and performing a different control of plural motors. |
| 86+, | see Note (1) above. |
| 280+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition for single motor systems with reversing control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 127 for switching systems which respond to a reverse
polarity. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclasses, especially Digest
15, for polarity control in a battery or capacitor charging
or discharging system. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 5+ for generator polarity control. |
|
| | |
| 66 | Running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the running speed of two or more electric motors.
| | (1)
Note. Where the same means which is used to control
the acceleration and/or deceleration of the motor is also
used to control the running speed of the motors, no other
running control means being claimed, classification will
not be herein but in the more appropriate acceleration subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 59+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for this subject matter where the
system includes means for running speed control and another different type
of motor control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 53+ for load current division among a plurality of
generators, frequently by control of their running speed. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 800+ and 825+ for single motor running-speed
control systems with, and without, feedback, respectively. |
|
| | |
| 67 | Diverse speeds for different motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter in which means are provided for running one
or more motors at one speed and one or more other motors at another
speed simultaneously.
| | (1)
Note. At times, all the motors may be run
at the same speed. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 39, | for work and feed or indexing motor control systems
in which the work and feed motor may operate at different speeds. |
|
| | |
| 68 | Relative motor speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
or regulating the speed of one or more electric motors relative
to the speed of one or more other electric motors.
| | (1)
Note. This or the indented subclasses do not include
systems where the running speed of all the motors is controlled
as a group. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41+, | for this subject matter where there are electrical
synchronizing connections between a plurality of motors so that when
the speed of one motor changes with respect to another motor, one
of the motors will act either as a prime mover for a generator or
as a generator to supply electric energy to the other motor. |
| 45+, | for plural motor systems where the motors have the
driving members coupled mechanically together. |
| 52, | for this subject matter where means are provided
for reducing the speed of or reducing the electric energy supplied
to a motor when such motor is "slipping" or racing. |
| 90+, | for plural motor systems where the acceleration
and/or deceleration of one motor may be related to the
acceleration and/or deceleration of another motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 700 for plural motors of other types in which the speed
of one or more motors may be controlled with reference to the speed of
one or more other motors. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 511+ for controlling one expansible chamber motor in
response to a condition of another. |
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants,
subclass 4 for plural prime movers one of which is nonelectric, driving
electric generators in which the speed of one or more prime movers
may be controlled relative to speed of one or more other prime movers. |
|
| | |
| 69 | With speed-difference detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Subject matter in which means are provided for detecting
or sensing a difference in speed between two or more of the motors
and for initiating the operation of the means for controlling the
relative speeds of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclass 507 for a device responsive to the difference in speed
between two bodies. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 36 for systems wherein the speed of a generator is
compared with the speed of a reference device (which might
be an electric motor) and means are provided for regulating the
speed of the generator relative to the reference device. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 800+ for single motor running-speed control
systems with feedback. |
|
| | |
| 70 | Electrical-type detectors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 69. Subject matter in which the speed difference detecting or
sensing means comprises an electrical device which, per
se, generates, converts or controls electrical
energy, or is activated thereby.
| | (1)
Note. The detecting or sensing means itself must
be an electrical device an not merely a nonelectrical device constituting
an actuator for an electrical device. For example, an
electromagnet having two windings and an armature actuated thereby
wherein one winding is energized by current varying with the speed of
one motor, the other winding energized by current varying
with the speed of another motor and the armature, responsive
to the resulting energization of the electromagnet, constitutes
an electrical type detector; namely, an electromagnet. However, a
differential gearing device, one gear of which is moved
at a rate which varies with the speed of one motor, another
gear which is moved at a rate varying with the speed of another motor
and the output element of the gearing connected to actuate an electric switch
is not an example of an electrical detector; but is a mechanical
type detector (namely, a differential gear) functioning
as an operator for an electrical device; namely, the
switch. | |
| | |
| 71 | Voltage and/or current difference detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter in which each of two or more of the motors
is provided with means for generating electrical voltages and/or
currents or is provided with means for controlling a separate voltage
or current, the detecting or sensing means being operated
by the difference in magnitude between the two separately generated
or controlled voltages or currents.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41+, | for plural motor systems where there are electrical
synchronizing connections between a plurality or the motors. |
|
| | |
| 72 | Dynamoelectric machine detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter in which a dynamoelectric machine is provided
for sensing or detecting the difference in speed between two or
more motors.
| | (1)
Note. A common arrangement of a dynamoelectric machines
as a detector comprises connecting the armature structure thereof
to one motor and the field structure thereof to another motor with
the result that when the motors run at the same speed both parts
of the dynamoelectric machine will operate at the same speed and, no
e.m.f. will be generated in the machine.
When the motors operate at different speeds, the parts
of the dynamoelectric machine will have relative motion with respect
to each other and will generate an e.m.f. which will
have a magnitude which is proportional to the magnitude of the difference in
speeds of the two parts of the dynamoelectric machine. | |
| | |
| 73 | Synchronously operated impedance detectors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter in which the detector comprises an impedance
device having one or more parts driven synchronously with one or
more motors and one or more other parts of the impedance driven
synchronously with one or more other motors; or one or
more parts of an impedance is actuated synchronously with one or
more motors and one or more parts of another impedance device is
actuated synchronously with one or more other motors. |
| | |
| 74 | Synchronously actuated switch detectors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter in which the detector comprises one or more
electric switches one or more parts of which switches are operated
synchronously with one or more motors and one or more other parts
of the switches are operated synchronously with one or more other
motors. |
| | |
| 76 | Differential-gearing detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 69. Subject matter in which the detector comprises a differential
gearing device in which an input element of the gearing is driven
by one or more motors another input element is driven by one or
more other motors so that the differential or output element of
the gearing operates in response to the relative speeds of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 8, | for motor systems in this class having a plurality
of motors driving a differential gearing as the load device for the
motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 475, | Planetary Gear Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for control of plural power sources
and for differential planetary gearing, per se. |
|
| | |
| 77 | Controlling motor speed in response to speed of another
motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the speed of a motor in response to changes in speed of another
motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41+, | for plural motor systems having synchronizing interconnections
between the motors so that one motor may supply energy to another
motor when the speed ratio varies. |
|
| | |
| 78 | Controlling A.C. frequency or rate of
electrical impulses to other motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the speed of said other motor by controlling the frequency of alternating
current supplied to said motor or by controlling the rate at which
electrical impulses are supplied to said other motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 723+, | for synchronous motor systems having frequency control
of the supply current for the motors. |
| 807+, | for induction motor systems having frequency control
of the supply of AC to the motor. |
|
| | |
| 79 | Control of both armature (or primary) and field (or
secondary) circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature (or primary) circuit of one or more
of the motors in combination with means for also controlling the
field (or secondary) circuit of one or more motors, simultaneously
or separately.
| | (1)
Note. The armature and field which are controlled
may be of the same or different motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 82+, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the group speed of plural motors by controlling the armature circuit
of the motors. |
| 84, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the group speed of plural motors by controlling the field circuit
of the motors. |
| 92, | for plural motors systems having acceleration and/or
deceleration control by the combined control of the armature and
the field circuits. |
| 493, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems with combined control of the armature
and the field circuits. |
|
| | |
| 80 | Armature or primary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature or primary circuit of one or more of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41+, | for plural motor systems having synchronizing interconnections
between the motors so that the armature of one motor may be supplied
with energy from the other motor when the speed ratio varies. |
| 79, | for this subject matter where the system includes
armature circuit control combined with field circuit control. |
| 82+, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the (group) speed of the plurality of electric motors
by controlling the armature or primary circuits. |
| 94+, | for plural motor systems having armature circuit
control means for controlling the acceleration and/or deceleration
of a plurality of electric motors. |
| 494+, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for motor systems having means for controlling
the armature circuits. |
|
| | |
| 81 | Field secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field or secondary circuit of one or more of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 79, | for this subject matter where the system includes
field or secondary circuit control in combination with armature or
primary circuit control. |
| 84, | for plural motor systems having field or secondary
circuit control for controlling the (group) speed
of a plurality of electric motors. |
| 97, | for plural motor systems having field circuit control
for acceleration and/or deceleration control of the motors. |
| 521+, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for motor systems having field circuit control means. |
|
| | |
| 82 | Armature or primary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature or primary circuits of a plurality of motors to control
the (group) speed of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 80, | for this subject matter where the armature or primary
circuit control is for controlling the relative speed of one motor
with respect to another motor. |
| 94, | for plural motor systems having armature circuit
control for controlling plural motors during the acceleration and/or
deceleration of the motors. |
| 494, | and the subclasses listed under the search notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor systems having armature circuit
control. |
|
| | |
| 83 | Series-parallel armature circuit connections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 82. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature conductors or windings of one or more motors in series
relationship with the armature conductors or windings of one or
more other motors at one time and in parallel relationship therewith
at another time; or for connecting the armature conductors
or windings of one or more motors in series with the armature conductors
or windings of one or more other motors and simultaneously connecting
the armature conductors or windings of one or more third motors
in parallel with the armature conductors or windings of one or more
other motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 93, | for plural motor systems having series parallel
connection of the armature circuits of plural motors during the acceleration
thereof. |
| 111, | and the subclasses listed in the search notes thereto, for
other plural motor systems having series parallel connections of
the armature windings. |
| 497, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for single motor systems having parallel connections of
two or more armature or primary windings. |
|
| | |
| 84 | Field or secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field circuit or the secondary circuit of two or more motors
for controlling the (group) speed of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 79, | for plural motor systems having combined armature
and field circuit control for controlling the relative speed between
two or more motors. |
| 81, | for plural motor systems having fields or secondary
circuit control for controlling relative speed between two or more
of the motors. |
| 97, | for plural motor systems having field or secondary
circuit control of two or more motors during the acceleration period
thereof. |
| 521+, | and the subclasses listed in the search notes thereto, for
single motor systems having field circuit control for the motor. |
|
| | |
| 85 | Synchronizing or phasing control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for causing a
movable motive element of one or more electric motors to occupy
or assume a predetermined relative position or phase with respect
to a movable motive element of one or more other electric motors
either while stationary or while in motion.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41+, | for plural motor systems having electrical synchronizing
interconnections between a plurality of motors for maintaining the
motors in substantially constant speed and phase interrelationship. |
| 45+, | plural motor systems having a plurality of motors
mechanically coupled (e.g., as
by a common shaft) in a fixed or predetermined ratio of
movement. |
| 52+, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling "slipping" or racing
of one or more electric motors. |
| 68+, | for plural motor systems having speed control systems
for controlling the running speed on one or more electric motors
relative to the speed of one or more other electric motors including means
for maintaining equal speeds and/or the same angular or
phase relationships. |
| 437, | for single motor systems having means for phasing, or
angular or linear positional control, of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclasses 698+ for means for synchronizing plural motors in general. |
| 178, | Telegraphy, see the classes referred to in the search notes of
subclass 53 for other classes which provide for electrical
systems for synchronization of rotary shafts. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 85+ for systems for connecting or disconnecting a plurality
of previously synchronized generators. |
| 370, | Multiplex Communications,
subclasses 304+ for synchronization of rotary switches in a multiplex
system. |
| 375, | Pulse or Digital Communications,
subclasses 354+ for synchronizing systems for pulse communications
in general. |
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclass 34 for plural impellers having synchronizing means. |
|
| | |
| 86 | Braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for braking the
motors.
| | (1)
Note. See Motor Braking Control, of the class
definition for a definition of braking control. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 51, | for plural motor systems having means for braking
one or more motors and means for performing some other operational
control to one or more other motors. |
| 63, | and the subclasses listed in the search notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having means for braking plural motors combined
with some other motor operation control for the motors. |
| 362+, | and the subclasses listed in the search notes thereto, for
single motor systems having means for braking the motors. |
|
| | |
| 87 | Motor used as braking generator (dynamic braking): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 86. Subject matter in which braking is effected by means which
cause one or more of the motors to operate as a generator thus retarding
the motor and load devices operated thereby.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 375+, | and the classes and subclasses listed in the Search
Notes thereto, for single motor systems having dynamic
braking of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 88 | Load or current division during braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 87. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the magnitude of the current delivered by one or more of the motors
being braked relative to the magnitude of the current delivered
by one or more others of the motors being braked.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 51+, | for plural motor systems having means for braking
one of the motors and means for performing a different control operation
upon another motor. |
| 98+, | for plural motor systems having means for load or
current division between plural motors during motor operation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants, appropriate subclasses for load division between
nonelectric motor driven generators in general. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 53 for systems of load current division among a plurality
of generators or sources. |
|
| | |
| 89 | Motor as exciter for another motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 87. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the generating or armature circuit of one or more of the motors
to the field or exciting circuit of one or more others of the motors
during the braking period to supply the exciting or field current
to said other motors. |
| | |
| 90 | Acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the acceleration and/or deceleration of two or more electric
motors.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition, Glossary for
a definition of "Acceleration Control". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for plural motor systems having means for acceleration
and/or deceleration control of two or more motors combined
with another motor-operation control for the motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 842+ and 848+ for single motor acceleration
control systems with, and without, feedback,
respectively. |
|
| | |
| 91 | Accelerating motors in succession or selectively: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90. Subject matter in which means are provided for accelerating
and/or deceleration of one or more electric motors and
subsequently accelerating and/or decelerating one or more
other electric motors; or in which means are provided for accelerating
and/or decelerating two or more electric motors and with
which means one or more of the motors can be accelerated and/or decelerated
without accelerating one or more others of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 102, | for plural motor systems having means for sequential
or successive starting and/or stopping of two or more motors. |
| 103, | for plural motor systems having means for selectively
starting and/or stopping one or more electric motors without
starting and/or stopping one or more others of the motors. |
|
| | |
| 92 | Control of both armature (or primary) and field (or
secondary) circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
both the armature (or primary) circuits and the
field or (secondary) circuits of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 79, | and 82, for plural motor systems having
combined armature (or primary) and field (or
secondary) circuit control for running speed control of
plural motors. |
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor systems having combined
armature (or primary) and field (or secondary) circuits
control. |
|
| | |
| 93 | Series-parallel connected armature or primary
circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature or primary circuits of two or more electric motors
in series circuit relationship with respect to each other at one time
and in parallel circuit relationship with respect to each other
at another time; or for connecting two or more electric
motors in parallel circuit relationship with respect to each other
and simultaneously two or more motors in series circuit relationship
with respect to each other.
| | (1)
Note. One of more of the motors in the parallel
connected group referred to in the latter part of the above definition may
constitute one or more of the motors in the series connected group. For
example, a single motor may be connected in series with
a group of three motors which three motors are all connected in parallel
relationship with respect to one another. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 95, | for plural motor systems having means for connecting
the motor armatures in series-parallel connections for acceleration
and/or deceleration control. |
| 111, | and the subclasses listed under the Search Notes
thereto, for other plural motor systems having series-parallel arrangements
of the plural motors. |
| 497, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for single motor systems having series-parallel
connections of two or more armature or primary windings. |
|
| | |
| 94 | Armature or primary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature or primary circuits of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 82+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of the subclass, for armature or primary circuit
control of plural motors during the running speed operation thereof. |
| 92, | for this subject matter where the system has armature
circuit control combined with field circuit control for acceleration
and/or deceleration control. |
| 104, | for plural motor systems having armature or primary
circuit control of the motors during starting and/or stopping of
the motor. |
| 494, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for single motor systems having armature or primary circuit
control of single motors. |
|
| | |
| 95 | Series-parallel connections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature or primary circuits of two or more electric motors
in series circuit relationship with respect to each other at one time
and in parallel circuit relationship with respect to each other
at another time; or for connecting the armature or primary
circuits of two or more electric motors in series circuit relationship
with respect to one another and simultaneously connecting the armature
or primary circuits of two or more motors in parallel circuit relationship
with respect to one another.
| | (1)
Note. One or more of the motors in the parallel
connected group, referred to in the latter part of the
above definition, may constitute one or more of the motors in
the series connected group. For example, a single
motor may be connected in series with a group of three motors which
three motors are all connected in parallel relationship with respect
to one another. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 93, | for this subject matter where means are provided
for series parallel connection of the motor armatures combined with
motor field control. |
| 111, | and the subclasses listed under the Search Notes
in the definition of that subclass, for plural motor systems having
series parallel arrangements of the motors. |
| 495, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for miscellaneous motor systems having
series parallel armature connecting means. |
|
| | |
| 96 | With armature circuit impedance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Subject matter in which means are provided for providing
impedance in the armature or primary circuits of the motors.
| | (1)
Note. See Impedance or Impedance Device of the class
definition for a definition of "impedance". | |
| | |
| 97 | Field or secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field or secondary circuits of the electric motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 84, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for plural motor systems having field circuit
control for controlling the running speed of the motors. |
| 100, | for plural motor systems having field control for
load control of the motors. |
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor systems having field or secondary
circuit control. |
|
| | |
| 98 | Load control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the magnitude of the load which is driven or actuated by the motors, or
for otherwise controlling the magnitude or amount of work done by
the motors; or for controlling the division of load or
current between the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 5, | and 8, for plural motor systems having
plural motors employed to drive particular load devices, the
system including motor load control means particularly in subclass
8 where plural motors drive an ultimate load device through a differential
gearing whereby a predetermined ratio of load may be effected on
the motors. |
| 7, | for plural motor systems where the relative torque
on the motors may be controlled to effect a predetermined tension
in a material driven or conveyed by the motors. |
| 39, | for plural motor systems of the work-and-feed-motor
combination type where control of feed-motor may affect
load on the work-motor. |
| 41, | for plural motor systems where the motors have electrical
synchronizing interconnections in which the interconnection may
affect the relative loads on the several motors. |
| 45+, | for plural motor systems where the armature or work
output members of the motors are mechanically interconnected. |
| 52, | for plural motor systems having racing or slipping
control which may affect the load on or between the several motors. |
| 68+, | for plural motor systems having the relative speed
control between motors which may affect the load on or between the
motors. |
| 88, | for plural motor systems having control of the load
or current division between several motors during dynamic braking
of motors. |
| 101, | for mere starting and/or stopping of the
motors, |
| 430+, | for single motor systems having motor load control
during the starting or stopping. |
| 432, | for single motor systems having means for maintaining
a substantially constant load upon the motor. |
| 434, | for single motor systems having means for maintaining
the load upon the motor from exceeding predetermined limits or going
below a predetermined limit. |
| 474, | for single motor systems having automatic control
of the motor in response to load conditions. |
|
| | |
| 99 | Fixed ratio of load or current division: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the division of load current so that the ratio of division is or
can be maintained at some fixed or predetermined ratio.
| | (1)
Note. The means may be adjustable so that the ratio
can be varied from one fixed or predetermined value to another. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 88, | for plural motor systems having load or current
division between motors when acting as generators during dynamic
braking. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 32 for systems for proportioning the electrical energy
supply to a plurality of load circuits and subclass 53 for systems
of load division among a plurality of generators or sources. |
|
| | |
| 100 | By field or secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field or secondary circuits of the electric motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521+, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor circuits having field
circuit control means. |
|
| | |
| 101 | Starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for starting
and/or stopping one or more of a group of two or more electric
motors.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is a residual subclass for patents
relating primarily to starting and/or stopping of electric motors.
Starting and/or stopping of electric motors is an incident
of, or is combined with many other motor operations controls.
For example, when accelerating a motor from rest to its
normal running speed the motor is started as a necessary incident; likewise
in decelerating, or braking to a condition of inaction, a
motor is stopped. Also in reversing, a motor
is usually stopped and started in the reverse direction. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18+, | for follow-up systems of electric motor
control wherein the motor is started as a result of the movement
of the transmitter and stopped as a result of the stoppage of the
transmitter. |
| 53, | for plural motor systems having automatic starting
and/or stopping of plural motors in combination with other motor
operations control. |
| 90+, | for plural motor systems having starting and/or
stopping as a part of the acceleration and/or deceleration
control of plural electric motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclasses 116.5+ for means for terminating the transmission of power
to various driven devices. |
|
| | |
| 102 | Sequential or successive starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Subject matter in which means are provided for starting
or stopping two or more electric motors one after another.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 91, | for plural motor systems having means for selectively
accelerating and/or decelerating two or more motors one
after another. |
|
| | |
| 103 | Selective starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Subject matter in which means are provided for starting
or stopping one or more electric motors without starting and/or
stopping one or more other electric motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 91, | for plural motor systems having means for accelerating
and/or decelerating plural motors, the system
being arranged so that one or more motors can be accelerated and/or
decelerated without accelerating and/or decelerating another
motor. |
|
| | |
| 104 | Armature (or primary) circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Subject matter in which means are provided in the armature (or
primary) circuit for starting and/or stopping
the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 494, | particularly 519+, for single
motor systems having starting and/or stopping control by
means of armature circuit control. |
|
| | |
| 105 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled sources
of armature (or primary) supply: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which two or more sources of electrical
supply are provided to supply energy to the armature or primary
circuits of the motors, one or more of which sources of
supply are different in kind, type, degree or
magnitude or are differently controlled, with respect to
one or more others of the sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 440+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for other systems which comprise plural
sources of supply for the armature circuits of motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 18+ for systems including a plurality of sources of
supply for a plurality of loads, and subclasses 43+ for
systems having a plurality of supply circuits or sources. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 86+ for generators having a field circuit energized
from plural sources of supply. |
|
| | |
| 106 | Diverse sources: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources are substantially
different in respect to (1) structure of the sources
or (2) the nature or magnitude of an electrical
characteristic of the sources, than one or more others
of the sources.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an internal combustion
engine driven dynamo and an electric converter, or a secondary
battery and a thermocouple are examples of diverse or unlike sources
by virtue of their different structures; while two sources
may differ from one another in their nature in that one may be AC
and the other DC, or in the magnitude of electrical characteristics
such as having different voltages or different frequencies, or
different capacities. | |
| | |
| 107 | A.C. and D.C.: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Subject matter in which the sources comprise one or more
AC sources and one or more DC sources.
| | (1)
Note. A "pulsating" source is
a DC source for purposes of this class. Where, however, a
DC source and an AC source are connected to a circuit to produce
a pulsating current or voltage in the circuit, classification
will be on the basis of plural Sources. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 441, | for motor systems having the combination of AC and
DC sources for a single motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 72+ for systems having a plurality of supply circuits
or sources having unlike electrical characteristics. |
|
| | |
| 108 | Different voltages: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources of supply, supply
electric energy at one voltage magnitude and one or more others
of the sources supply energy at another magnitude of voltage.
| | (1)
Note. Two voltages are of different magnitudes if, at
any time during normal operation, one of them has a magnitude substantially
different in effective value than the other. Hence, if
the magnitude of one of the sources is varied relative to the magnitude
of the other so as not to be the same, the two sources
are considered to be of different voltages. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 109, | for plural motor systems having similar types of
sources (e.g., all ac sources
or all DC. sources) for the motors in which one
or more of the sources differ in voltage magnitude from one or more
others of the sources. |
| 442, | for motor systems having plural sources of supply
for a single motor in which the voltages of the sources differ in
magnitude from one another. |
|
| | |
| 109 | Different voltages: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources differs
in magnitude from one or more others of the sources.
| | (1)
Note. Two voltages differ in magnitude when at any
time one of them has a magnitude which differs in effective value from
the magnitude of the other. Hence, if the magnitude
of the voltage of one of the sources is varied relative to the magnitude
of the voltage of another source, in order to make them
different the two sources are considered to be of different magnitudes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 108, | for this subject matter where one of the voltage
sources is an ac source and another is a DC source. |
| 442, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to that
subclass for motor systems having plural sources of supply for single
motor. |
|
| | |
| 110 | Different frequencies: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources have
a different frequency than one or more others of the sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 440, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having plural sources of supply for a single motor
which sources may differ in frequency. |
|
| | |
| 111 | Series-parallel connected motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature or primary windings of one or more electric motors
in series circuit relationship with the armature or primary windings
of one or more other electric motors at one time and in parallel
circuit relationship at another time; or for connecting
the armature or primary windings of one or more electric motors
in series circuit relationship with the armature or primary windings
of one or more other electric motors, and simultaneously
connecting the armature or primary circuit of one or more electric
motors in parallel circuit relationship with the armature of primary
circuit of one or more other electric motors.
| | (1)
Note. In the simultaneous series parallel relationship
set forth in the latter half of the above definition, one
or more of the motors connected in the series circuit relationship
may constitute one or more of the motors which are connected in
the parallel relationship. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 83+, | for this subject matter where the series parallel
connection of armature of primary circuits of the motors is for
running speed control. |
| 84, | and 97, for series parallel connections of
field windings of plural motors for running speed control and acceleration
control, respectively. |
| 93, | and 95+, for this subject matter
where the series parallel connection of the armature or primary
circuits is for acceleration control. |
| 95, | see subclass 93 above. |
| 97, | see subclass 84 above. |
| 497, | and the subclasses specific in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having series parallel connections of plural armature
or primary windings of a single electric motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 37 for plural load circuit systems in which the load
circuits may be connected either in a series or parallel relationship, and subclass
71 for systems of plural electrical sources in which the sources may
be connected either in a series or parallel relationship. |
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems,
subclass 192 and the Search Notes thereto for series parallel
connected lamps and space discharge devices. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclasses for series or parallel connection
of batteries in a system for charging or discharging a battery, especially
subclasses 116+ . |
|
| | |
| 112 | Parallel connected motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature or primary circuits of one or more electric motors
in parallel circuit relationship with the armature or primary circuits
of one or more other electric motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 88, | for this subject matter where the armature or primary
circuits are connected in parallel for load or current division
during braking. |
| 98, | for this subject matter where the armature or primary
circuits are connected in parallel for load control. |
| 111, | for this subject matter where the armature circuits
are connected in series at one time and in parallel at another, or
where there are parallel connected armature circuits of plural motors
and series connected armature circuits of plural motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 11+ for systems in which a plurality of loads or load
circuits may be connected in parallel, and subclasses 43+ for
systems in which a plurality of sources or supply circuits may be
connected in parallel. |
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems,
subclasses 312+ and the Search Notes thereto for parallel connected
lamps and space discharge devices. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclasses for series or parallel connection
of batteries in a system for charging or discharging a battery, especially
subclasses 116+ . |
|
| | |
| 113 | Series connected motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the armature or primary circuits of one or more electric motors
in series circuit relationship with the armature or primary circuits
of one or more other electric motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49+, | for motor systems having plural motors electrically
connected in cascade or in tandem (that is, where
the electrical output of one constitutes the electrical input to
another). |
| 111, | for plural motor systems in which the armature or
primary circuits of a plurality of motors are connected both in series
and in parallel. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems,
subclasses 185+ and the Search Notes thereto, for plural
series-connected-electric lamp and space discharge
devices. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclasses for series or parallel connection
of batteries in a system for charging or discharging a battery, especially
subclasses 116+ . |
|
| | |
| 114 | IMPACT, MECHANICAL SHOCK, OR VIBRATION-PRODUCING
MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which (1) means are provided
for actuating one or more parts of an electric motor relative to
and into impact or percussive contact with one or more other parts which
are either parts of the motor structure or are structurally combined
with the motor (i.e., not merely
other parts which constitute a device or work piece to be operated
on by the motor and to which the motor may be attached or relatively
positioned temporarily); or (2) the motor
is a shock or vibration producing type of motor the prime or essential
function of which motor is to transmit mechanical shock or vibrations
to a mechanism or device upon which the motor may be supported or
to which the motor may be clamped or otherwise secured.
| | (1)
Note. A motor system having electric motor which
is limited to having any useful output member other than that for producing
impact shock or vibration as defined in parts (1) and (2) above, is
not classified herein, but is classified in one of the
other appropriate subclasses and cross-referenced to this
subclass for the impact, shock or vibration producing feature. |
| | (2)
Note. The shock or vibration producing motor may
be a rotary electric motor in which the rotary element is decidedly unbalanced
dynamically so that upon rotation it will produce pronounced reactive
forces to cause the motor frame to transmit forces to the support
or body with which it may be in contact and, hence, cause
shock or vibration in said support or body. For example, mere reciprocating
or oscillating motors which may or may not produce impact by the
movable motor element, depending on the proximity of the
motor having the movable element to the work or device to be operated
upon or to be actuated by the motor are not included herein but
will be found in subclass 119. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 81, | Tools,
subclasses 463+ and see Notes thereto. |
| 173, | Tool Driving or Impacting,
subclass 117 for an impacting device having a hammer head driven
by an electric motor. |
|
| | |
| 115 | MOTOR WITH DIVERSE MOTIONS (E.G., ROTARY
AND RECIPROCATING): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for giving the
working or output member of the motor two or more types of motion either
simultaneously or not.
| | (1)
Note. For example only, an electric motor
which is adapted to rotate and simultaneously reciprocate is included herein.
Likewise, a motor designed to rotate while DC is applied
to its terminals and reciprocate when pulsating or AC is applied
to its terminals is classified herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 35, | for plural motors systems in which one or more motors
has one type of motion another motor has a different type of motion. |
|
| | |
| 116 | NONMAGNETIC MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter which the electric motor converts electric
to mechanical energy by means other than magnetic induction.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of nonmagnetic motors are piezoelectric
crystals, thermal-electric motors, electrostatic
motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 36, | for this subject matter where the system includes
a plurality of non-magnetic motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 300+ for nondynamoelectric motors, per se. |
|
| | |
| 117 | Thermoelectric motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Subject matter in which the motor comprises a member which
undergoes substantial changes in shape, position and/or
dimensions when heated, and means for electrical heating, the member.
| | (1)
Note. When electric current is conducted through
the above mentioned member thereby causing the member to become
heated, separate heating means are not necessary. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 523 for a motor in which a confined unit of mass of
gas is heated electrically to produce expansion; subclass
528 for a motor operated by the expansion of a solid mass heated
by its resistance to flow of an electrical current; and
subclass 513 for a motor operated by the expansion of fluid in an
expansible chamber containing an electric heating means. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 306 for thermal or pyromagnetic electric motors. |
|
| | |
| 118 | MAGNETOSTRICTIVE MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is of the magneto-striction
type.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition for a definition
of a magneto-strictive motor. Commonly, the
magnetizable member is (1) restrained from moving
at a point along a dimension thereof but is free to move at other
points along and in the direction of such dimension, and
is (2) combined with a solenoid or winding which
surrounds the magnetizable member and the axis of which winding
is concentric or parallel with such dimension; as a result
of which the magnetizable member will change in dimension when, the
magnetic field is changed the mechanical motion of the member being available
for power output purposes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119, | for other motor systems having magnetic motors of
the reciprocating or oscillating type. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 300 for magneto-strictive motors, per
se. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclass 215 for magnetostrictive magnets, per se. |
|
| | |
| 119 | RECIPROCATING OR OSCILLATING MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is a reciprocating or
oscillating type of electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition for a definition
of reciprocating or oscillating type motor. |
| | (2)
Note. Either of the terms "reciprocating" or "oscillating" when
used separately in the titles and definitions in this class will
be construed to include the other, unless clearly indicated
otherwise. |
| | (3)
Note. For motor systems having the conventional
rotary electric motor constructed for unlimited degree of movement
in a given direction combined with means for periodically reversing
the motor (e.g., reversed (1) in
response to a "limit of travel" in either direction
of rotation, (2) under control of some
time-measuring mechanism, (3) after
a predetermined number of revolutions, (4) etc.), see
appropriate subclasses hereinafter under "Reversing, periodic
or repetitious", subclass 281. Where
the "motor" has means for actuating in one direction only (including
arrangements whereby electric means or gravity and electric means
can effect actuation in the one direction only) and consequently, the return
movement must be effected manually or by some nonmotor means; classification
is not herein. For example, a motor system having
a motor having a vertically disposed and freely movable element
and electrical means for effecting an upward motion only and wherein gravity
can effect the return or downward motion; classification
is herein. However, where the movable member
of the motor is horizontally disposed and no energy storing means, such
as a spring or compressible gas chamber, is provided to
return the member after actuated by electric means (which
are effective in one direction only), classification
is not herein, but is classified as "linear motor" system
or as an electromagnet with armature. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 14, | for reciprocating or oscillating motors combined
with motion-converting mechanisms. (For
example, the combination of a reciprocating electric motor
supply and/or control system combined with means for converting the
reciprocatory motion of the motor to a rotary motion will be found
in subclass 14). |
| 21, | for this subject matter where the motor system is
a follow-up system having a reciprocating or oscillating motor. |
| 35, | for this subject matter where the motor system has
the combination of an oscillating or reciprocating motor and another
motor having a different type of motor (e.g., combination
of a reciprocating and a rotary motor). |
| 37, | for this subject matter where the system includes
a plurality of reciprocating or oscillating motors. |
| 116+, | for this subject matter where the motor is a magneto-striction
type of motor in which periodic magnetization of the core part effects
periodic dimensional changes in the core part thus resulting in
reciprocating motion of the core part. |
| 135, | for motor systems having a linear-movement
motor. |
| 159+, | for motor system which has the rotor element biased
against rotation by virtue of which the rotor element is returned
when the motor is deenergized or the energization is reduced. 281+, see (3) Note
above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type, appropriate subclasses for reciprocating and oscillating
type expansible chamber motors. |
| 123, | Internal-Combustion Engines,
subclasses 1 through 3and 18+ and 198+ for internal
combustion engines of the reciprocating type. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 15 for reciprocating electric motor structure, per
se, and subclass 36 for oscillating electric motor structure, per
se. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 3 for reciprocating and/or oscillating generator
systems. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclass 220 for electromagnets with armatures. |
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclass 64 for impellers of the reciprocating type and subclass
79 for impellers of the oscillating type. |
|
| | |
| 120 | Stopping after predetermined number of reciprocations or
cycles (including single cycle): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter in which means are provided for stopping
the motor after it has made a predetermined number of reciprocations
or cycles.
| | (1)
Note. For example, a reciprocating motor
which when started operates to make one reciprocation, stroke
or cycle and stops, is classified herein. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the stopping is effected by mechanical
stopping means, such as brake, stop means, classification
is not in this class but in some other appropriate class.
Note Class 192, subclasses 116.5+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having automatic stopping of rotary motors after a
predetermined degree of movement of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclass 116 , see (2) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 121 | Having means to produce a progressing or traveling motor
field flux: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter in which means are provided for producing
a magnetic field of force in the motor, which field (or
the resultant of the component elements thereof) is caused
to occupy a succession of positions in the path or direction of
travel of the reciprocable member of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 135, | for motor systems having linear-movement
motors with means for producing progressing or travelling field. |
| 148, | for induction and synchronous motors supplied by
controlled generators. |
| 195+, | for motor systems having an induction motor with
means for producing a travelling magnetic field. |
| 700+, | for motor systems having a synchronous motor with
means for producing a travelling magnetic field. |
|
| | |
| 122 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled motor windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter in which the motor is provided with two or
more energizing windings one or more of which are different structurally, or energized
or controlled differently than one or more others of the windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 121, | for this subject matter where the system includes
two or more windings for producing a travelling or progressive magnetic
motor field flux. |
| 495, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems in which the motor has two or more energizing
windings. |
|
| | |
| 123 | Polyphase or diverse or diversely controlled sources of
motor supply: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 122. Subject matter in which there is either a polyphase alternating
current supply, or two or more sources of supply, one
or more of which are different or differently controlled than one or
more others of the sources, connected to supply energy
to the two or more of the motor windings.
| | (1)
Note. All the phases or sources of supply may be
connected to each of the several windings, or one or more
of the sources or phases may be connected to one or more of the
windings and one or more others of the sources or phases may be
connected to one or more others of the windings. The several
sources or phases may be connected simultaneously or at different
times. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 495+, | and the Search Notes thereto, for plural
motor systems having winding motors with plural sources therefor. |
| 500, | and the Search Notes thereto, for motor
systems having plural sources of supply for a single motor having
a single armature or primary winding. |
|
| | |
| 124 | A.C. and D.C. sources: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Subject matter in which at least one of the sources is a
unidirectional current source (including pulsating DC current) and
at least one other of the sources is an alternating (i.e., reversing
polarity) current source.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 441, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
other motor systems having AC, and DC sources of supply for
the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 22 for plural load circuit systems supplied either from
an AC of DC source, and subclasses 43+ for systems
having a plurality of supply circuits or sources which may be AC
or DC. |
|
| | |
| 125 | Unidirectionally conductive devices in energizing circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 122. Subject matter in which one or more unidirectionally conductive
devices are connected in the energizing circuit of one or more of
the windings.
| | (1)
Note. Systems where the unidirectionally conductive
devices are connected in series with or in shunt to the windings are
included. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 505, | and the Search Notes thereto for other motor systems
having space-discharge devices in the circuits thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 111 and 125+ for rectifying systems including
unidirectionally conductive devices. |
|
| | |
| 126 | Energizing winding circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the electric circuit which supplies the electric energy to the energizing
winding of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The control of the electric circuit includes (1) control
of the immediate circuit to the windings (as, for
example, opening and closing the circuit, controlling
a space-discharge device or an impedance connected in series
with the circuit and the motor winding, or introducing
an aiding or opposing source of e.m.f. in
the circuit in addition to the main or prime source of e.m.f.) and
also (2) control of the source of energy which supplies
the energizing current to the motor (as, for example, controlling
the energy input to the source, as by controlling a prime
mover which drives a generator, or by controlling the electrical
input to an electrical converter). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 140, | for generator fed motor systems wherein the motor
is controlled by controlling the generator. |
| 494, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems wherein the armature or primary circuit
thereto is provided with control means. |
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems where in the field or secondary circuit
thereto is provided with control means. |
|
| | |
| 127 | Automatic in response to predetermined position, movement
or condition in or of the motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter wherein automatic means are provided so that
the energizing winding is controlled in response to the position, movement, limit
of travel, amplitude or rate of change of movement of the
motor or the device actuated thereby; or in response to
the noise, sound or mechanical vibrations produced by the
motor parts or by the motor actuated device; magnitude
of energizing current or occurrences of pulses in the energizing
circuit.
| | (1)
Note. This is a limited automatic subclass and does
not include sensing means responsive to any but the above specified conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems having automatic control responsive to predetermined
conditions in general. |
|
| | |
| 128 | Noise, sound, vibration, movement
or position of motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 127. Subject matter in which the sensing means responds to noise, sound, or
mechanical vibrations of or emanating from the motor being controlled
or the device actuated by the motor, or responds to the
amplitude or magnitude or the rate of movement of, or the
limit-of-travel or other position of the motor
being controlled or the device actuated by the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| , | For other motor systems having automatic control
in response to the particular conditions enumerated in the definition
above, search the following subclasses and the pertinent
subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto. |
| 452, | for plural diverse conditions. |
| 456, | for rate-of-change of a condition. |
| 460, | for noise, sound, or mechanical
vibrations. |
| 461, | for speed or rate of movement of motor or other
body. |
| 466, | for movement, position, or limit-of-travel
of motor or other device or body. |
|
| | |
| 129 | By means for producing periodic electrical pulses in the
energizing circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter in which means are provided for producing
a succession of electrical pulses in the energizing circuit of the
winding, the periodicity of the pulses being such that
the motor to which the pulses are supplied is maintained in substantially
continuous motion by the succession of pulses.
| | (1)
Note. A mere means for producing electric pulses (i.e., there
being no details of structure of the means or any details of relationship
between the means and the motor to which the pulses are supplied--other
than the mere connection thereto) is insufficient basis
for classification herein. For example, recitation
by name only of the means for producing periodic pulses such as "an
a-c source", a "source of pulsations", an "oscillator", etc., does not
constitute a means for producing periodic pulses which is classifiable herein. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the means for producing the pulses may
or may not produce the succession of pulses, classification
is not herein. For example, a manually operated
circuit interrupter in the supply circuit to the motor may be operated
to produce a single pulse or a succession of pulses depending on
the will of the operator and is not classifiable herein.
Likewise, a circuit interrupter which closes the circuit
in response to a condition (such as temperature or pressure) which condition
may sometimes vary to cause the circuit to be periodically interrupted, is
not classified herein. However, in the latter
case, if the condition response means causes electrical
pulses from a source of pulsating current to be supplied to the
winding, such a system would be classified herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 122+, | for systems under subclass 119 which include means
for periodically energizing one or more windings of a plural winding
motor. |
| 127+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means responsive to predetermined conditions in or of the motor
for controlling the motor, including controlling the application or
the periodicity of pulses to the motor. |
| 503, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems in which periodic pulses are supplied
to the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 96+ for circuit interrupting systems for regulating
the average value of current flowing through an electrical circuit, and
subclass 132 for intermittent circuit interruption systems, such
as "flashing systems", of general application. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 69+ for systems wherein a generator field circuit is interrupted
to regulate the field current. |
|
| | |
| 130 | Electrical oscillation or condenser charging and/or
discharging circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter in which the means for producing the periodic
pulses comprise either an electrical self-oscillating circuit
or a condenser changing and/or discharging circuit.
| | (1)
Note. Where the condenser changing and/or
discharging is merely an adjunct to the system of supply such as
a filter means, for example; and does not operate
to have a substantial effect in determining the rate which the pulses
are supplied to the motor, classification is not herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 108 for systems wherein a condenser is charged and
discharged to produce a series of pulses. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging,
subclasses 166+ for a system for charging or discharging a capacitor. |
| 331, | Oscillators, appropriate subclasses, for self-sustained
electric wave generators, per se, particularly
subclasses 111+ , 129+ and 143+ for relaxation oscillators
utilizing an RC time constant network to determine the period of
oscillation. |
|
| | |
| 131 | Motor or escapement-controlled means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter in which the means for producing the periodic
pulses includes a device of means which is actuated or controlled
by a motor, or escapement device to control the periodicity
of the pulses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 1.5 for escapements, per se, of general
application. |
| 185, | Motors: Spring, Weight, or
Animal Powered,
subclasses 5 , 31, and 38 for escapement controlled
spring and weight motors. |
|
| | |
| 132 | By space-discharge or unidirectionally conductive
devices in energizing circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter in which the means for controlling the energizing
circuit of the motor includes a space-discharge device
or an unidirectionally-conductive device connected in series
with or in shunt to the energizing winding of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 125, | for this subject matter where the motor has plural
windings. |
| 505, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for other motor control systems having space-discharge
devices in the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 518+ for miscellaneous electron discharge device control
circuits. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 111 and 125+ for rectifying systems including
space discharge devices and other unidirectionally conductive devices. |
|
| | |
| 133 | By impedance devices in energizing circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter in which the control means comprises one
or more impedance devices in series and/or in shunt to
the motor windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 132, | for this subject matter where the impedance device
is a space-discharge or unidirectionally conductive device. |
| 508+, | and subclasses specified in the search notes appended
thereto, for other motor control systems wherein impedance
devices are employed in the energizing circuit of an electric motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 364 through 370for miscellaneous impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 134 | By circuit making and/or braking devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter in which the control means comprise circuit
making and/or breaking devices in series with the energizing
circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 129+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
circuit making and/or breaking devices combined with means
for periodically actuating them. |
| 519+, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
appended thereto, for other motor control systems having circuit
making and/or breaking means in the armature or primary
circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electric Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 112+ for searching systems. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 1+ for safety systems using circuit breakers, and
subclass 139+ for relay and electromagnetic switch circuits. |
|
| | |
| 135 | LINEAR-MOVEMENT MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is linear movement type
of electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Linear Movement Motors, of the
class definition for a definition of a linear movement motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 22, | for linear-movement motors in follow-up
systems. |
| 35, | for linear-movement motor combined with
another electric motor having a different type (e.g., rotary) of
movement. |
| 38, | for plural linear-movement motor systems. |
| 115, | for motor systems which have single motors having
diverse types of motion, including linear movement. |
| 119, | for reciprocating or oscillating type motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 104, | Railways,
subclasses 282 and 290+ for a railway vehicle and track claimed
in combination with a linear propulsion motor and control system therefor. |
| 124, | Mechanical Guns and Projectors,
subclass 3 for electromagnetic guns and projectors. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 12.01 through 12.33for a linear motor, per se. |
|
| | |
| 136 | AUXILIARY MEANS FOR PRODUCING MECHANICAL STARTING OR ACCELERATING
TORQUE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means, other than the motor
being controlled and its electrical circuits, are provided
for producing a mechanical turning effort to the rotor element of
the motor during the starting and/or the accelerating period
of operation of the motor, and which means is deenergized, disconnected, or
otherwise incapacitated to assist in actuating the motor under running-speed
conditions.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is designed to include those
devices which are employed to start an electric motor which is inherently
not-self-starting and also to include those which
assist the motor in attaining running speed conditions in order
to reduce the heavy demand of electric current required to bring
a motor up to running speed when operating without starting assistance. The
device must be distinct from the motor and produce a turning effort
independently of the magnetic turning effort produced by the motor
itself. The device can be structurally united with motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1+, | for motor systems which have an electric motor combined
with a nonmotor driving means. |
| 45+, | for electric motor systems having plural motor mechanically
connected or coupled in a fixed predetermined ratio of movement
during normal running periods. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 6+ for mechanical devices, per se, for
starting engines in general. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 53 for expansible chamber motors of the engine rotating
or starting type. |
| 123, | Internal-Combustion Engines,
subclasses 179.1+ , for starting devices for internal combustion
engines. |
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants,
subclasses 10+ , 18+, 22+, 27, 28, 30, 31+, 36+, 38, 46, 47, and
48 for dynamo-electric machines used as starting motors
for prime-mover dynamo plants. |
|
| | |
| 137 | By auxiliary motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Subject matter in which the auxiliary means comprises a
motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Search Notes for subclass 136 above. | |
| | |
| 139 | BATTERY-FED MOTOR SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the armature or primary circuit
of an electric motor is supplied by electric energy from one or
more primary or secondary electric batteries which constitute the
only source of supply for the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 440+, | for motor systems where there are plural sources
of electric energy for the armature or primary circuit which include
nonbattery sources. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclass for charging or discharging
a battery. |
|
| | |
| 140 | GENERATOR-FED MOTOR SYSTEMS HAVING GENERATOR CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which an electric generator is provided
for supplying electric energy to the armature or primary circuit
of an electric motor and in which means are also provided for controlling
the generator to thereby control the operation of the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. An "electric generator" includes any
means for converting nonelectrical energy into electrical energy.
Thus it includes photo-electric and thermoelectric generators, primary
or secondary batteries, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. Where more than one generator is provided
to supply the energy, means must be provided for controlling
each generator. See subclasses 440+ where no
means are provided for controlling one of the generators. |
| | (3)
Note. Where the only generator control means comprises
means connected in the circuit between the generator terminals and
the motor terminals, classification is not in this or its
indented subclasses but in some other appropriate subclass in the class. |
| | (4)
Note. Mere inherent regulation of the generator (i.e., regulation
of the output of the generator resulting merely from structural
features of the generator) is not sufficient basis for
classification herein except in those instances where the regulation
functions to substantially vary the operation of the motor.
Thus a flat-compounded generator operates to produce a
substantially constant output voltage with varying load and, hence, performs
or produces no regulating function on the motor other than would
any constant voltage source. Likewise, the proportion
of parts and airgaps, degree of excitation, resistance
of the several conductive elements of the generator, etc., are
instrumental in determining the operating characteristics of the
generator and generally tend toward generator operating characteristics
which have no particular effect on the operation of the motor supplied
thereby other than to supply a source of energy, the voltage variation
of which is not substantially disadvantageous. However, a
series-generator, or a decidedly over-compounded or
a decidedly under-compounded generator, or one
with a differentially wound series field exciting winding may have operating
characteristics which very materially varies the operation of the motor
with changes in motor load. This type of regulation is
considered sufficient basis for classification herein.
Any control or regulating means for maintaining constant current
or power output from the generator with a varying motor load, by
generator control, is sufficient basis for classification
herein. |
| | (5)
Note. Means for "controlling the generator" include
means for varying the speed of the generator by controlling the driving
means therefor, or for adjusting the structure of the generator. |
| | (6)
Note. Means for controlling excitation of AC generator (supplying
energy to primary circuit of synchronous motor) in response
to motor primary circuit current to control pullout torque or to "stiffen
the coupling between the generator and motor" is included
herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 139, | for this subject matter for motor systems having
electric batteries for supplying electric energy to the motor. |
| 440, | see Note 2 above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, for generator control of general application.
The appropriate subclass or subclasses would depend on the particular
generator control involved. |
|
| | |
| 141 | Automatic generator control and/or with time-delay
means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which means are provided for automatically
controlling the generator in response to a predetermined condition, or
in which time-delay means are provided for retarding or
delaying the operation of the generator control means, whether
initiated manually or otherwise.
| | (1)
Note. The condition need not be one that exists
in, about or pertaining to the motor or generator of the
system. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other automatic control systems for electric motors, and
for other motor control systems which include a time-delay
means for the control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants,
subclasses 1 through 44for prime-mover generator plants in which
the generator may be automatically controlled in response to some
predetermined condition. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclass for a battery charging system supplied
by a generator source. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 17+ for automatic control of generators in general. |
|
| | |
| 142 | Responsive to diverse conditions or with time-delay
means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter in which means are provided for automatically
controlling the generator in response to two or more diverse conditions, or for
automatically controlling the generator in response to one condition
and with means for introducing a time-delay in the operation
of the generator control.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are systems in which
the only time delay means operates to delay the operation of the means
responsive to the condition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 452+, | and the classes specified in the Search Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having the motor controlled in response
to plural conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 18 for automatic generator control with time delay; subclasses
22+ for automatic generator control in response to plural
conditions. |
|
| | |
| 143 | Plural electrical conditions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 142. Subject matter in which two or more of the conditions comprise
electrical conditions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 454+, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for other motor control systems having the motor
controlled in response to plural electrical conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 24+ for automatic generator control in response to
plural electrical conditions. |
|
| | |
| 144 | Armature or primary current of motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the generator in response to the magnitude or rate of change of
magnitude of the current in the armature or primary circuit of the
motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 458, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to the rate of
change of an electrical condition. |
| 474+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to the current
in the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 27 for automatic generator control in response to
generator armature current. |
|
| | |
| 145 | Terminal voltage or counter e.m.f. of
motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the generator in response to the magnitude or the rate of change
of magnitude of the terminal voltage or the counter electromotive
force of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 458, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to the rate-of-change
of an electrical condition. |
| 459, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to the terminal
or counter electromotive force of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 19 for generator control systems responsive to rate-of-change
of an electrical condition; subclass 29 for automatic generator
control in response to generator voltage. |
|
| | |
| 146 | Speed of motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the generator in response to the speed of the motor or a device
driven thereby.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 145, | for this subject matter where the generator control
is responsive to the terminal voltage or c.e.m.f. of
the motor, which may vary with the speed of the motor. |
| 461, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to the speed of
the motor or of other devices. |
|
| | |
| 147 | Speed or frequency of generator or its drive means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the generator in response to the speed of the generator or the frequency
of the voltage or current generated thereby, or in response
to the speed of the generator driving means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 145, | for motor control systems which are responsive to
the terminal voltage or the c.e.m.f. of
the motor which may correspond with the armature circuit voltage
of the generator and hence to the speed of the generator. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 29+ for automatic generator control in response to
the speed or frequency of the generator. |
|
| | |
| 148 | Alternating-current-motor system: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which the motor is an alternating current
motor (i.e., a motor which operates
when the armature or primary circuit is supplied with alternating
current) and in which the generator supplies an alternating
current to the armature or primary circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244, | for other alternating current commutating motor
systems. |
| 700+, | for other synchronous motor systems. 725+ for
other repulsion motor systems. 727+ for other
induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 159 for structural details of alternating current motors, per
se. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, appropriate subclasses for alternating current generator
control systems. In Class 322 classification is not determined
by whether the generator output is AC or DC and the appropriate
subclass would depend on the particular control or response of the
generator. |
|
| | |
| 149 | With plural, diverse or diversely controlled generators: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which there are two or more generators
which supply the armature or primary circuits of the electric motor, in
which one or more of the generators are structurally different or
are controlled differently (e.g., with respect
to time, degree or magnitude, etc.) than one
or more others of the generators, and in which means are
provided for controlling a plurality of generators.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 440+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto; for
motor systems having plural sources of supply for the armature or
primary circuit of electric motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 72+ for plural generators or sources, having unlike
electrical characteristics, which supply a common load
circuit. |
|
| | |
| 150 | With flywheel on generator or on motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which a flywheel or other massive body
is mounted for rotation with the rotor of either the generator or
the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Where the rotor, per se, of
the generator or of the motor is specifically limited to being massive, classification
is herein. Also where the flywheel or other massive body
is mounted other than directly on the shaft of the rotor of the generator
or motor but is mechanically connected in driving relation to the
rotor, classification is herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 161, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems wherein the motor has a flywheel or other massive
rotary member. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 572.1 for energy storage-type flywheels. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 4 for generator systems where the generator is provided
with flywheels or massive moving parts. |
|
| | |
| 151 | Control of both the generator and the circuit to the motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the electric circuit which extends from the generator armature to
the motor armature and additional means are provided for controlling
the generator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 139, | for this subject matter where the system is a battery-fed
motor systems having control of the battery and the circuit therefrom
to the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems, appropriate subclasses for control of electrical
transmission lines either with or without control of the supply
or load connected thereto. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclass for battery charging or discharging
from a regulated source. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 7+ for combined control of generator and load circuit. |
|
| | |
| 152 | With motor control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 151. Subject matter in which means are also provided for controlling
the motor, which means is in addition to the control of
the supply circuit extending to the primary circuit of the motor and
the control of the generator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 491, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having combined motor circuit and motor
structure control. |
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having combined armature or primary
circuit and field or secondary circuit controls. |
|
| | |
| 153 | Control of both the generator and the motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the generator and additional means are provided for controlling
the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 139, | for the subject matter where the system includes
a battery-fed motor and both the battery and the motor
are controlled. |
| 152, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for the combined control of the generator, the transmission
circuit to the motor, and of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants, for combined control of nonelectric prime-mover
and the generator driven thereby, which generators may
supply electric motors. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 14+ for combined control of the generator and the driving
means therefor. |
|
| | |
| 154 | Control of excitation (field) circuit
of both: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Subject matter in which the control means effect control
of the field or secondary circuit of both the generator and of the
motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for motor field or secondary circuit control in motor control systems
in general. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 59+ for generator field circuit control. |
|
| | |
| 156 | Plural, diverse or diversely actuated, generator
control means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which two or more distinct means are provided
for controlling the generator, one or more of which control
means are different structurally or are controlled differently (e.g., at
different times, different degree or magnitude of control, etc.) than
one or more others of the control means.
| | (1)
Note. Means for controlling the generator driving
means so as to vary the generator speed is considered a "generator control
means." |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 45 for combined diverse generator controls. |
|
| | |
| 157 | Generator speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the speed of the generator by controlling the driving means therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 700+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for controlling the speed of the generator combined with other
control means for the generator. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants, for variable speed nonelectric prime movers which
drive generators. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 14+ for combined control of generator and driving means; subclasses
29+ for automatic control of generator or driving means control
in response to speed or frequency of the generator; subclasses 38+ for
generator driving means control; subclasses 40+ for
power transmitting mechanism control. |
|
| | |
| 158 | Generator field circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field circuit of the generator.
| | (1)
Note. Providing the generator with plural, diverse
or diversely arranged, field windings, or providing
means for varying the active length (such as by tapping) of
the field winding are included in field circuit control, when
such are such as to substantially modify the operation of the electric
motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 154, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for the combined control of the generator field and the motor
field. |
| 156, | for motor circuits under subclass 140 having field
circuit control combined with other control means for the generator. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclasses 59+ for generator field circuit control in general. |
|
| | |
| 159 | HAVING ROTOR ELEMENT BIASED AGAINST ROTATION: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor comprises a rotatable
power output element (rotor) combined with means
for exerting a torque in opposition to and simultaneously with the motor
torque.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of means for producing the opposing
torque which are included in this subclass: elastic or
spring devices interconnecting the rotor and stationary part of
the motor; a pulley or drum mounted on the rotor with a
weighted flexible member attached thereto and adapted to rotate
the rotor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1+, | for motor systems having nonelectric means for actuating
a load device in addition to an electric motor as an actuator. |
| 45+, | see Note 2 above. |
| 119+, | for reciprocating motor systems in which the reciprocating
element may be biassed by gravity or by force-producing
means in one direction of actuating and electrically in the other direction
of actuation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 251, | Valves and Valve Actuation,
subclass 129.01 for valves with electrical actuators. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 15+ for reciprocating electrical motors having a biassing means
present. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 131 for electrically driven or actuated meter movements
having biassed indicating means. |
|
| | |
| 160 | By resilient biasing means (e.g., spring): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 159. Subject matter in which the biassing means comprises a spring
or other means which when flexed or distorted inherently tends to
reassure its previous shape or dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 267, | Spring Devices, for structural details of springs, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 161 | WITH FLYWHEEL OR MASSIVE ROTARY MEMBER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which a flywheel or other massive rotatable
mounted body is mounted in driving relationship with the motor rotor
or other working member in such manner that energy transfer can
take place from the motor to the flywheel or other massive rotary member
and vice versa.
| | (1)
Note. Systems in which the rotary or other working
element, per se, of the motor is limited to being
massive are included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 45+, | for motor systems in which the movable working element
of one motor is mechanically interconnected with the movable working
element of another motor which may have a flywheel effect. |
| 150, | for generator-fed motor systems which have
flywheels or other massive bodies on the rotary elements of either
the generator or the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 572.1 for energy storage-type flywheels. |
| 123, | Internal-Combustion Engines,
subclasses 179.1+ for inertia starters for internal combustion engines
in which an electric motor may store energy in a rapidly revolving
flywheel which is then connected to the engine to start it. |
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control,
subclasses .02 through .098and 116.5 for flywheels in combination
with clutching means for connecting and disconnecting the flywheel
through the clutch to the load or driven device, particularly
to permit or to cause immediate stoppage of the load or driven device
in cases of necessity. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 4 for generators system which have generators with
flywheels or massive moving parts. |
|
| | |
| 162 | CONTROL BY PATTERNS OR OTHER PREDETERMINED SCHEDULE MEANS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the operation of an electric motor in accordance with a predetermined schedule, said
means comprising patterns, templates, perforated
sheets, or other shaped or treated control devices having
a configuration or design varying in accordance with a predetermined
schedule of control to which it is desired to subject the motor.
The systems included herein are "open-loop" controls
and thus are not servomechanisms.
| | (1)
Note. The operations of the motor may comprise plural, diverse
motor operations or variations in a single operation such as operating
the motor at a plurality of running speeds. |
| | (2)
Note. For example merely, speed control
means which are actuated by a perforated sheet running at constant
speed in which a sensing or detecting means contacting the sheet
senses the presence of the perforations and initiates the operation
of speed control means to cause the motor to operate at one speed
when sensing device contacts unperformed portion of the sheet and
at other speeds when contacting the perforated portions of the sheet, would
be included herein. |
| | (3)
Note. For plural cams on a common shaft, each
effecting a single change in electric motor control, classification
is elsewhere in this class. |
| | (4)
Note. Where the system is a closed loop position
servomechanism, the classification is not herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 543+, | for plural cams on a common shaft, each
effecting a single change in electric motor control. |
| 567, | for where the system is a closed loop position servomechanism, |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 64 wherein the speed of metal working machines is
controlled by pattern, templates, etc. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 567+ for cam means, per se. |
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 46 for pattern sheet controlled electric switches. |
| 901, | Robots, subcollection 3 for the programming of a robot arm. |
|
| | |
| 163 | Motor running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter in which means are provided for automatically
varying the running speed of a motor in accordance with a predetermined schedule
means.
| | (1)
Note. For example merely, speed control
means which are actuated by a constant speed perforated sheet or
by a constant speed cam and follower arrangement so as to cause
the motor to run at different speeds as different portions of the
perforated sheet or cam surface past a control position, are
included in this group. | |
| | |
| 244 | ALTERNATING CURRENT COMMUTATING MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is an alternating-current
commutation motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Alternating-Current Commutating
Motor, of the class definition for a definition of alternating
current commutator motor. Such motors are commonly referred
to as a "series a-c motors", a "universal
motor", and an "a-c commutator
motor". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43, | for plural motor systems having alternating-current
commutating motors with electrical synchronizing interconnections
between the windings of the motors. |
| 135, | for linear-movement motor systems with
commutating means for progressively energizing an a-c supplied
field winding of the motor. |
| 400.1, | through 400.42, for synchronous motor commutation control systems. |
| 700+, | for synchronous (AC motor systems where
the motor is provided with commutators. |
| 725+, | for repulsion motor systems where the motor is provided
with commutated windings. |
| 737, | and 738, for induction motor systems where
the motor is provided with a commutated winding. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 173 for AC commutator motors, per se. |
|
| | |
| 245 | Universal or A.C.-D.C. motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 244. Subject matter in which the motor is designed and constructed
to run when connected directly and solely to either a direct-current
or an alternating-current source.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 246+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for series motor systems having series
motor provided with commutators. |
|
| | |
| 246 | SERIES MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is provided with means
for causing it to operate only as a series motor for at least an
appreciable portion of its operation as a motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Series Motor, of the class definition
for a definition of a series motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244, | for AC series commutated motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 158 for universal (AC or DC) motors, and
subclass 177 for DC motors. |
|
| | |
| 247 | Convertible for nonseries motor operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter in which means are provided for operating
the motor as a series motor, and also operating the motor
as a nonseries motor.
| | (1)
Note. As an example, an elevator motor may
be provided with means for causing it to operate as a series motor
during the lift period, and as a shunt motor during the
return period. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 375+, | for motor systems having means for operating a motor
as a generator during dynamic braking of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 248 | With plural, diverse or diversely connected or
controlled sources of e.m.f.: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter in which two or more immediate sources of
e.m.f. are provided to supply electric
energy to the conducting elements of a series motor.
| | (1)
Note. Two sources of e. m. f. connected in
series opposition in the circuit of a motor winding are included
herein. Two circuits from a single voltage divider or from
spaced sets of brushes on a single generator commutator, are
examples of sources of electro-motive-force included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 500, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having plural sources of armature circuit
supply for the motor. |
| 530, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for motor systems having plural sources of supply for
the field or secondary circuit of the electric motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 43+ for systems having plural sources of supply of
electrical energy for a single load circuit. |
|
| | |
| 249 | Control by motor circuit impedance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter in which impedance means are provided for
controlling the series motor circuits.
| | (1)
Note. Space-discharge devices (including
grid controlled vacuum tubes and gas-filled or vapor-filled
tubes) are considered impedance devices when used to regulate
the magnitude of current flow in a circuit having a source of electric
voltage connected therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for other motor systems controlled by means of impedance
devices in the armature and field circuits of the motors. |
| 508, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems controlled by means of an impedance in the armature
circuit. |
| 533, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for motor systems controlled by means of an impedance in the field
circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 364 through 370for miscellaneous impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 251 | Field circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the circuit of the field-producing winding.
| | (1)
Note. The mere provision of a plurality of diverse
or diversely controlled field coils is sufficient basis for classification herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 249, | for field-control of a series motor by means
of impedance devices in the field circuit. |
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for motor systems having field circuit control means
for the motors. |
|
| | |
| 252 | Plural, diverse or diversely connected or controlled
field coils: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter in which the motor is provided with two or
more field windings, one or more of which are structurally
different, or connected in the motor circuit differently, or
controlled differently (e.g., with
respect to time, degree or magnitude of control, etc.) from
one or more others of the windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 523, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor control systems wherein the motors have plural
field windings. |
|
| | |
| 253 | HOMOPOLAR OR UNIFORM FIELD MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the motor is a noncommutating electric
motor and comprises a magnetic-field producing means combined with
one or more electric conductors mounted to move relative to and
in proximity to the field-producing means, said
field-producing means being so constructed and/or
energized that the magnetic field produced thereby is, at any
instant of time, of the same polarity or direction throughout
its extent with reference to the path of travel of the movable electric conductor
or conductors.
| | (1)
Note. The motors in this subclass are known as "homopolar
motors". |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass includes alternating current
and direct current motors. |
| | (3)
Note. In the case of direct current field energization, the
direction of the generated c.e.m.f. in
the armature conductors is always unidirectional when the conductors
move in a continuous direction. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 178 for homopolar dynamoelectric machines. |
|
| | |
| 254.1 | SWITCHED RELUCTANCE MOTOR COMMUTATION CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the rotor element tends to assume
a predetermined angular position when the motor is continuously
energized and is provided with a commutator or circuit making and
breaking device which is actuated by the motor to determine the
instants of time at which the field producing windings thereof are
energized and de-energized relative to the angular position
of the rotary element.
| | (1)
Note. In a switched reluctance motor, there
are no permanent magnets and no windings on the rotor and the rotor assumes
a position to minimize reluctance. Therefore, these
motors are capable of high speeds, but produce little torque. |
| | (2)
Note. Typically, three-phase switched reluctance
motors are in a 6/4 form, that is six stator and
four rotor poles. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 701, | for reluctance synchronous motors. |
|
| | |
| 254.2 | Having asymmetric half-bridge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject matter wherein the circuit making or breaking means
includes a bridge circuit wherein each side of the bridge contains
both a transistor (or switch) and a diode and
the motor is connected between the transistor and the diode.
Figure 1. Typical circuit configurations. SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 701, | for reluctance synchronous motors. |
|
| | |
| 255 | PLURAL DIVERSE MOTOR CONTROLS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
or causing two or more diverse operations of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Definition of Motor Operation Control, of
the class definition for the various motor operations which are included
in or excluded from the list of operations comprehended by this
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 53+, | for plural motor systems having means for effecting
plural, diverse motor-operations for the motors. |
| 201+, | for induction motor systems having means for effecting
plural diverse operations. |
| 280+, | for motor reversing systems. |
| 301+, | for motor running-speed control systems. |
| 362+, | for motor braking systems. |
| 384+, | for motor acceleration control systems. |
| 432+, | for motor load control systems. |
| 445+, | for automatic motor starting and/or stopping
systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 800+ and 825+ for single motor running-speed
control systems with, and without, feedback respectively; and
subclasses 842+ and 848+ for single motor acceleration
control systems with, and without, feedback respectively. |
|
| | |
| 256 | Motor-reversing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 255. Subject matter in which means are included for causing an
electric motor to reverse its direction of operation.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "motor-reversing", see
Reversing Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 54+, | for plural motor systems provided with means for
effecting plural, diverse motor-operations control, including
reversing. |
| 280+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for motor-reversing in single motor
systems. |
|
| | |
| 257 | With running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the running-speed of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "running-speed control" see
the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 55+, | for plural motor systems having means for effecting
plural motor operations including reversing and running speed control. |
| 268+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for effecting running speed control and
another control operation. |
|
| | |
| 258 | And braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 257. Subject matter in which means are provided for also effecting
braking of the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "braking" as applied
to electric motors, see Motor Load Control, of
the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for plural motor systems having means for effecting
reversing, running speed and braking operations for the motors. |
| 273+, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor systems having means for
effecting motor braking control and another motor operation control. |
| 362+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for miscellaneous motor braking systems. |
|
| | |
| 259 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 258. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
acceleration of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for plural motor systems having means for effecting
reversing, running-speed control, braking
and acceleration of the motors. |
| 276, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having means for effecting acceleration
control and another control operation. |
|
| | |
| 260 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 257. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the acceleration of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 55, | for plural motor systems having reversing, running-speed
control and acceleration control for a plurality of electric motors. |
| 259, | for motor systems having acceleration control with
braking, running speed control and reversing of the motor. |
| 276+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having motor acceleration control and another motor
control. |
|
| | |
| 261 | With braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter in which means are also provided for effecting
braking control of the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "braking", see Motor
Load Control, of the class definition. |
| | (2)
Note. Where braking is effected by phase reversal (i.e., by "plugging") while the
motor is running and the application of power is terminated when
motor substantially comes to a stop, braking only is effected.
If power is left on and motor runs in reverse direction, classification
is under combined reversing and braking controls in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 57, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for plural motor systems having braking
and reversing control for the motors. |
| 258+, | for motor systems having braking control and reversing
control. |
| 273+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having braking control and another control. |
| 362+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having braking control. |
|
| | |
| 262 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 261. Subject matter in which means are also provided for acceleration
control of the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 57, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having acceleration with braking and reversing
of the motors. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system is also
provided with means for running-speed control. |
| 276+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having acceleration control and another motor operation
control. |
|
| | |
| 263 | With acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the acceleration of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 58, | for plural motor systems having acceleration control
and reversing control. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running-speed control and braking control. |
| 260, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running-speed control. |
| 262, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for braking control. |
| 276, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having acceleration control and another
motor-operation control. |
| 384+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having acceleration
control. |
|
| | |
| 264 | With automatic starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter in which means are also provided for automatically
starting and/or stopping the motor in response to predetermined conditions.
| | (1)
Note. See Automatic Starting and Stopping, of
the class definition for limitations on starting and/or
stopping controls included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for follow-up motor systems in which reversible
motors are started in one direction or the other either manually or
automatically and stops automatically after the motor runs an amount proportional
to (1) the change in position of a transmitter
or (2) the change in some condition. |
| 54+, | for automatic starting and/or stopping combined
with reversing in plural motor systems. |
| 272, | for motor systems having running-speed
control and automatic starting and/or stopping control. |
| 275, | for motor systems having motor braking control and
automatic starting and/or stopping control. |
| 277, | for motor systems having acceleration control and
automatic starting and/or stopping control. |
| 445+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having automatic starting and/or
stopping of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 265 | Stopping upon predetermined movement of or position of
motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
stopping of the motor after it or the load device driven thereby
has moved a predetermined amount or has reached or attained a predetermined
position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18+, | for follow-up control systems for electric
motors in which the motors are generally reversible and automatically
stop when they reach a position (angular or linear) which
corresponds to the degree of change of a transmitter. |
| 54+, | for plural motor systems having reversing with automatic
starting and/or stopping including stopping upon predetermined
movement or position of a motor. |
| 466+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
starting and/or stopping in response to predetermined movement
or position. |
|
| | |
| 266 | At limit-of-travel of motor or driven
device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 265. Subject matter in which means are provided for stopping
the electric motor when it, or a load device driven thereby, substantially
reaches its limit of travel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 468+, | for miscellaneous motor system having limit-of-travel
stopping control. |
|
| | |
| 267 | Dual control circuits alternately energized: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 266. Subject matter in which the control means for reversing
and starting and/or stopping comprise two circuits the
energization of one of which controls the starting in one direction
and the energization of the other of which effects starting in the
opposite direction and in which the arrangements are such that, with
one of the circuits energized for operation in one direction, when
the motor is automatically stopped at its limit of travel, it
cannot be started until the other circuit is energized.
| | (1)
Note. In the systems in this subclass, each
time the motor is stopped at the limit of travel it can only be
restarted in the reverse direction by another circuit, i.e., it
cannot be restarted in the same direction of operation. | |
| | |
| 268 | Running-speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 255. Subject matter in which means are also provided for controlling
the running-speed of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "running-speed control", see
the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 59+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having running-speed control means
and another diverse motor control means. |
| 257+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
motor reversing control means. |
|
| | |
| 269 | With braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter in which means are provided for also effecting
braking of the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "braking", see the
Glossary in the Class Definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 60, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for plural motor systems having braking control and running-speed
control. |
| 258+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
running-speed control means and motor reversing control. |
| 261+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 273+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having braking control and another motor operation
control. |
| 362+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having braking control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 76 and 77 for structured combinations of an electrical motor
and a brake. |
|
| | |
| 270 | And acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 269. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the acceleration of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 60, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for plural motor systems having running-speed control, braking control
and acceleration. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 276+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having motor acceleration control and another motor-operation
control. |
|
| | |
| 271 | With acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter in which means are also provided for controlling
the acceleration of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration", see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 61, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having running speed control and acceleration
control. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control and braking control. |
| 260, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 270, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor braking control. |
| 273, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having acceleration control and another motor operation
control. |
|
| | |
| 272 | With automatic starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter in which means are provided for also automatically
starting and/or stopping the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "Automatic Starting
and/or Stopping" see the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 62, | for plural motor systems having running-speed
control and automatic starting and stopping. |
| 445+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
starting and/or stopping control. |
|
| | |
| 273 | Motor braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 255. Subject matter in which means are provided for also braking
the electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "braking" see Motor
Load Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 63, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for plural motor systems having means for motor
braking control and means for effecting another motor operation. |
| 258+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running-speed control and motor reversing control. |
| 261+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 269+, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running speed control. |
| 362+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having braking control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, for braking means, per se, for general
purposes. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 76 and 77 for structured combinations of an electrical motor
and a brake. |
|
| | |
| 274 | With acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 273. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
acceleration of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "acceleration" see
Acceleration Control, of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 63, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having braking control and acceleration control. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing and for running-speed control. |
| 262, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 270, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running-speed control. |
| 276, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having acceleration control and another motor operation
control. |
|
| | |
| 275 | With automatic starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 273. Subject matter in which means are provided for also automatically
starting and/or stopping the electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | for miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
starting and/or stopping control. |
|
| | |
| 276 | Acceleration control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 255. Subject matter in which means are provided for also controlling
the acceleration of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. See the Glossary of the class Definition for "Acceleration
Control". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 39, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having means for effecting acceleration control
and another motor control operation. |
| 259, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control, running-speed
control and braking control. |
| 260, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control and running-speed control. |
| 262, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control and braking control. |
| 263, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor reversing control. |
| 270, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running speed control and braking control. |
| 271, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for running-speed control. |
| 274, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for motor braking control. |
|
| | |
| 277 | With automatic starting and/or stopping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 276. Subject matter in which means are also provided for automatically
effecting the starting and/or stopping of the motor in
response to one or more predetermined conditions.
| | (1)
Note. For limitations on the starting and/or
stopping controls included in this subclass, see the Class
Definition, Glossary, "Automatic Starting
and Stopping." |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having acceleration control means and means
for effecting another control operation, such as automatic
starting and/or stopping. |
| 445, | and the miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
starting and/or stopping control. |
|
| | |
| 279 | Automatic stopping means less responsive during acceleration: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 278. Subject matter in which the automatic control means comprises
means responsive to an electrical condition for stopping the motor
which means, however, has been rendered inoperative or
is otherwise less responsive to the electrical condition during
the acceleration period of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Characteristic of the subject matter of this
subclass are those acceleration systems in which overload or excessive-current
cut-outs are provided for automatically stopping the motor
by opening the armature or primary circuit thereof when the armature
or primary current exceeds a predetermined value during the full-speed
operation of the motor but wherein means are provided for preventing
or reducing the tendency of such cut-out to operate during
the acceleration period of such motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 447, | for miscellaneous automatic electric motor control
systems in which the condition sensing means is rendered inoperative
or less responsive during particular limited periods of operation of
the motor. |
|
| | |
| 280 | MOTOR-REVERSING: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for causing an
electric motor to operate in one direction at one time and in the
opposite direction at another time, or for causing an electric
motor to operate in a direction opposite to that in which it has
previously been operating.
| | (1)
Note. In reversing motor systems, means
must be provided for establishing an electrically produced torque
in both directions of operation. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 10, | for the combination of an electric motor and reversible
power or motion transmitting means actuated thereby. |
| 48, | for plural motor systems having the motors mechanically
coupled in torque opposition. |
| 65, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
reversing control in plural motor systems. |
| 119+, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems in
which periodic reversal is an inherent function during normal operation
of the motor. |
| 159+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
biassed motor systems, in which the biassing means will
cause the motor to move to a prior position when the energization of
the motor is reduced. |
| 256+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for motor systems having reversing control means and means for effecting
another control operation. |
| 739+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
reversal of induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 281 | Periodic- or intermittent-reversing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter in which means are provided for repeatedly
reversing the direction of operation of the motor in accordance
with the schedule of operation of a continuously operating controller.
| | (1)
Note. Means which operate to cause a motor to operate
in one direction or another depending on a change in a condition, and
in which the change may or may not occur, are not included
herein. However, reversing means actuated repeatedly
by a continuously running motor or a timing mechanism are included.
The periodicity of reversal need not be regular, i.e., not
as uniformly spaced periods of time. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems having
motors which periodically reverse their directions of operation. |
| 443, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems having periodically actuated motor control means. |
|
| | |
| 282 | In response to movement or position (e.g., limit
of travel) of motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 281. Subject matter in which means are provided for reversing
the motor in response to a predetermined number of revolutions of
or other movement or position of the electric motor or of the load
device actuated thereby.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 286, | for means for effecting a periodic reversals of
electric motors automatically in response to the movement or position
of the motor or the device driven thereby. |
| 461+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having the motor automatically controlled
in response to the speed or rate of movement of the motor or device
driven thereby. |
| 466+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having the motor automatically controlled
in response to the movement, position or limit of travel of
the motor or other body or device. |
|
| | |
| 283 | Automatic and/or with time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter wherein means responsive to a predetermined
condition are provided for controlling the motor reversing means
or where time delay means are provided for controlling the motor
reversing means after operation thereof has been initiated.
| | (1)
Note. Where time delay means are provided, the
control operation may be initiated manually. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for other automatic control systems for electric motors
having the motor automatically controlled in response to predetermined
conditions and/or having time delay means for the motor
control means. |
|
| | |
| 284 | With means to delay reversing until motor substantially
stops: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter in which means are provided for delaying
the application of electric energy to the motor in the reverse direction
for reversing the motor until the motor has substantially stopped
or has substantially come to rest from a previous operation in the
opposite direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 285, | for motor systems with means for initiating the
reversal of an electric motor at a particular instant of time or after
the lapse or a predetermined interval of time, or to effect
reversal thereof a predetermined time after the initiation of the
reversing control of the motor. |
| 374, | for motor braking systems wherein braking is produced
by "plugging" and the flow of energy is interrupted when
the motor speed drops to zero. |
|
| | |
| 285 | Instant of, or passage or predetermined time or
having time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter in which means are provided for initiating
the reversal of a motor at a particular instant of time (e.g., 8:30
A.M., 5:00 P.M.) or after
the lapse or passage of a predetermined interval of time (e.g., 4
seconds, 4 hours) or for delaying or retarding
the application of reverse power to a motor for a predetermined
interval of time after the reversing control operation has been
initiated.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 281, | for this subject matter where there are periodic
or intermittent reversals in response to passage or lapse of time. |
| 284, | for motor systems having means for delaying reversing
of the electric motor until it has substantially stopped from a
previous operation. |
| 484+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems having time-delay means for controlling
the motor control means after operation of the control means has been
initiated. |
|
| | |
| 286 | Movement or position of motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter in which means are provided for reversing
the motor in response to a predetermined number of revolutions or
other movement of, or to a predetermined position of, the motor
or a load device actuated thereby.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119+, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems in
which reversal of the motor is automatically effected as the motor
approaches the end or limit of its movement in each direction of movement. |
| 282+, | for this subject matter where there is periodic
or repetitious reversal of the motor controlled in response to movement
or position of the motor or the device driven thereby. |
| 461+, | and 466, and the subclasses specified in
the Notes thereto, for other motor systems having automatic
control of the motor in response to the movement or the position
of the motor or a device driven thereby. See subclass 887
where the control is in response to the speed or rate-of-movement
of the motor or driven device. |
| 466+, | see the reference to subclass 461. |
|
| | |
| 287 | Armature or primary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
reversal of the motor by means in the armature or primary circuit
of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes armature or primary
circuit control combined with the field circuit control and/or
with motor structure control means for reversing the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 126, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems with
armature or primary circuit control of the motor. |
| 494+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for miscellaneous motor systems having armature or primary circuit
control. |
|
| | |
| 288 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled armature
windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 287. Subject matter in which the reversal is effected by means
of two or more armature or primary winding, one or more
of which are structurally different or controlled differently from
one or more others of the windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 297+, | for reversing motor systems where the motor has
plural, diverse or diversely controlled, field
windings. |
| 495+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems where the motor has plural armature or primary
windings. |
|
| | |
| 289 | Phase-reversal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter in which the motor is an alternating current
motor having two or more phase windings and in which means are provided
for reversing the time phase sequence of the currents supplied to
two or more of the phase windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 121, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems with
means for reversing the motor by phase reversal. |
| 207, | for induction motor systems with means for reversing
the motor by phase reversal. |
| 373+, | for motor systems having means for braking the motors
by "plugging" which may be effected by phase reversal. |
| 496, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems where the motor has polyphase windings. |
|
| | |
| 290 | Selectively energized windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter in which means are provided for selectively
energizing one or more of the armature windings without energizing
one or more others thereof to effect reversal of operation of the
motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 122, | for energizing two or more windings in sequence
or alternation in reciprocating or alternating motor systems. |
| 297+, | for motor reversing systems where the motor is reversed
by selectively energized field windings. |
| 495+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems where the motor has a plurality of diversely
controlled armature windings. |
| 750, | for motor systems having means for reversing the
motor by shading coils wherein one coil may be selectively operated (closed) for
one direction or operation and another operated for a reverse direction
of operation. |
|
| | |
| 291 | Armature or primary current reversal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 287. Subject matter in which means are provided for reversing
the direction of current flow in the armature or primary circuit
conductors of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 151, | for generator-fed motor systems having
means for reversing the motor. |
| 300+, | for motor systems having means reversing a motor
by reversing the field circuit current. |
| 373+, | for motor systems having means for braking the motor
by "plugging" or by reversing the power applied
to the motor which includes reversing the armature current. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 127 for switching systems responsive to polarity or
reverse current flow. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 5 for generator systems having means to control the
polarity of the generated voltage. |
|
| | |
| 292 | By shifting motor brushes or selecting appropriate set
of brushes: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 291. Subject matter in which means are provided for shifting
the commutator brushes to which the armature circuit is connected, or
in which means are provided for selectively using one set of brushes
at one time and using another set at another time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 541, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for miscellaneous motor control systems having motor
brush adjustment or control means. |
|
| | |
| 293 | Reversing polarity of current supplied to armature circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 291. Subject matter in which means are provided for reversing
polarity of the current supplied to the armature or primary circuit
of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 140+, | for the subject matter in generator-fed motor
systems. |
| 300+, | for motor reversing systems where the polarity of
the field circuit current is reversed. |
| 373+, | for motor braking by "plugging" wherein
the armature current polarity is reversed. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 138 for polarity reversing systems for electrical switch
contacts. |
|
| | |
| 294 | Wheatstone bridge type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter in which a plurality of electrical devices
are provided and connected in a Whetstone bridge arrangement, the
output circuit of which arrangement is connected to the armature
circuit of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For definition of Wheatstone-bridge
arrangement" see (1) Note to the definition
of subclass 29. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 29, | for follow-up motor systems having a Wheatstone
bridge arrangement for causing the motor to run in one direction
or the other by controlling the polarity of the motor current. |
| 509+, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for miscellaneous motor systems having a Wheatstone bridge in the
armature circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 365 for miscellaneous Wheatstone bridge arrangements. |
| 333, | Wave Transmission Lines and Networks,
subclass 169 for wave filters of the Wheatstone bridge or lattice type. |
|
| | |
| 295 | Potentiometer-controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter in which means for providing current of reversible
polarity comprise an impedance device having one or more conductors
positionable in energy transfer relationship to the impedance and
movable therealong.
| | (1)
Note. Typical of polarity-reversing potentiometers
is a resistor having DC input leads connected to the ends of the resistor
and two output conductors connected to the motor armature each output conductor
slidably engaging the resistor intermediate the ends thereof, so
that by sliding one of the output conductors past the other, the
polarity of the DC current supplied to the armature circuit is reversed. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 15 for voltage divider systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation,
subclass 364 for miscellaneous resistance systems. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclass 68 for mechanically variable electrical resistors, per
se, such as rheostats and potentiometers. |
|
| | |
| 296 | Field circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
reversal of the motor by means in the field circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having motor field circuit control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 104 for systems containing electromagnets or other
highly inductive devices. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 180 for structure of the field windings. |
|
| | |
| 297 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled field windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter in which the motor is provided with two or
more field-producing windings one or more of which is structurally
different, differently connected, or controlled
differently than one or more others of the windings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 523, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems in which a motor has two or more field
windings. |
|
| | |
| 298 | Simultaneous energization: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 297. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
all of the field windings at the same time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521+, | particularly 524 to 527 and the subclasses specified
in the Notes thereto, for miscellaneous control systems
for motors having two or more field windings which are simultaneously energized. |
|
| | |
| 299 | With means for short-circuiting a winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter in which means are provided for establishing
an electrical path of negligible impedance across the terminals
of one of the field producing windings so that said winding becomes
substantially de-energized when the electrical path is
closed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 528, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems wherein one or more windings of a plural
field windings motor are short circuited. |
|
| | |
| 300 | Field-circuit current reversed: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter in which means are provided for reversing
the flow of current in the motor field producing winding.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 293+, | for motor systems having means for reversing the
motor by reversing the current in the armature or primary circuit
thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 127 for switching systems responsive to polarity or
reverse current. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 6 for generator systems having means to control the
polarity by controlling the generator excitation. |
|
| | |
| 362 | BRAKING: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for braking the
motor.
| | (1)
Note. For definition of motor braking control, see
Class Definition, Glossary, "Motor Load
Control". |
| | (2)
Note. Whenever the motor is braked by "plugging" (i.e., by
power reversal while motor is running) and energization
is continued so that motor operates in the reverse direction, classification
is in combination reversing and braking. See subclass
261. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 86, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
plural motor systems having braking control. |
| 159, | for motor systems where the motor has means (e.g., springs) for
biassing the motor against rotation. |
| 161, | for motor systems where the motor has a fly-wheel
or other massive rotary member for retarding an increase in speed
of the motor. |
| 273, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having braking control and another motor-operation
control. |
| 703, | for braking means in synchronous motor systems. |
| 757, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
braking means in induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous braking
devices in general. See the class definition of Class 318
for the line between Class 188 and 318. |
| 303, | Fluid-Pressure and Analogous Brake Systems, for miscellaneous fluid pressure brake systems.
See the reference to Class 303 in the Notes to the class definition
of Class 318 for the line between Class 303 and Class 318. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 76 and 77 for structured combinations of an electrical motor
and a brake. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems, art collection 932 for other single motor running-speed
control systems wherein means are provided for braking the motor
while still electrically energized for operation in the same direction
in which the motor operated prior to the braking. |
| 477, | Interrelated Power Delivery Controls, Including
Engine Control, for interrelated control between a motor and a transmission, clutch, or
brake. See the notes in Motor Systems and Power, Motion, for
the line. |
|
| | |
| 363 | "Spotting" or adjustment of braking controller during coasting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the back voltage or counter-electro-motive-force
of the motor while the motor is in motion and its armature or primary
circuit is disconnected from its power source so that if or when
the motor is reconnected to its source of power, a surge
of current flow from the motor to the source will not take place, thus
avoiding excessive or undesirable braking action at the time of
reconnection to the source. |
| | |
| 364 | Automatic and/or with time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which means are provided for sensing the
existence of a predetermined condition which sensing means in turn
initiates the operation of means for controlling the braking of
the motor, or where time delay means are provided for controlling
the motor braking means after the operation has been initiated.
| | (1)
Note. Where time delay means are provided, the
control operation may be initiated manually. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor control systems which operate in response to
predetermined conditions and/or with time delay means. |
|
| | |
| 365 | Plural diverse conditions or with time delay: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Subject matter in which sensing means are provided which
respond to two or more conditions which are diverse in kind (e.g., temperature, voltage, current, etc.), or
which respond to different characteristics (e.g., magnitude
and rate-of-change of a condition) of
a single condition, or which respond to one or more conditions
in combination with means for effecting a predetermined time delay
in the functioning of the braking means after the operation thereof
has been initiated manually or otherwise.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 452, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems which are responsive to plural diverse
conditions and/or to a single condition and which are also provided
with time delay means for the control operation. |
|
| | |
| 366 | Condition of motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to a condition in or of the motor being braked or a device actuated
by the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 449, | through 477, inclusive, and the
subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for other motor
control systems responsive to conditions in or of the motor being
controlled or in or of the device actuated thereby. |
|
| | |
| 367 | Armature or primary current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the magnitude or the rate-of-change of the
magnitude of the electric current in the armature or primary circuit
of the motor being braked.
| | (1)
Note. Where the sensing means comprises a relay
which is responsive to the terminal voltage of the electric motor (i.e., connected
to shunt to the motor armature circuit) such sensing means
is treated as being responsive to the terminal or c.e.m.f. voltage
of the motor and not to the armature current thereof, and is
classified in subclass 368. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 368, | see (1) Note above. |
| 474, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems responsive to the armature or primary
current of the motor being controlled. |
|
| | |
| 368 | Armature or primary circuit voltage or terminal or counter
e.m.f. voltage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to the magnitude of, or the rate-of-change
of the magnitude of the terminal voltage or the counter-electromotive-force
of the motor being braked.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for other motor control systems which are responsive to
the terminal voltage or counter-electromotive-force
of the motor being controlled. |
|
| | |
| 369 | Speed, acceleration, movement or position of
motor or driven device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to the speed (or rate-of-change thereof) degree
or amount of movement, or the position (angular
or linear) of the motor or device driven thereby.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 456, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having automatic control means responsive
to the rate-of-change of a condition. |
| 460, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems having automatic control means responsive
to sound, supersonic vibration or mechanical vibration. |
| 461, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems with automatic control means responsive
to the speed or rate-of-movement of a body. |
| 466, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
miscellaneous motor systems with automatic control means responsive
to the movement, position or limit of travel of the motor or
a device driven by the motor. |
|
| | |
| 370 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled braking
means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which two or more braking means are provided, one
or more of which braking means are structurally different, or
are differently controlled or are controlled by structurally different
means than one or more others of the braking means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses, particularly
noting subclasses 4, 35, 64, 65.3, 68, 79, 105, 143, 156, and
204 for plural brake systems of general applications. |
|
| | |
| 371 | Including both friction braking "plugging" and/or
dynamic braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter in which the plural braking means includes
friction braking means combined with "plugging" and/or
with dynamic braking.
| | (1)
Note. For definition of "friction", "plugging", and "dynamic" braking, see
definitions of subclasses 372, 373 and 375, respectively. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 372, | for motor braking systems of the friction brake
type. |
| 373, | for motor braking systems of the "plugging" or
application of reverse power to the motor type. |
| 375, | for dynamic motor braking systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses, for the combination of
diverse types of braking devices in general. Particularly
note
subclass 159 wherein one form of braking means is actuated by current
from a motor (acting as a generator) which also
brakes by virtue of its dynamic action. |
|
| | |
| 372 | Friction braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which the braking means comprises a frictional
contact surface adapted to engage a cooperating frictional surface which
is connected to or is a part of the movable output element of the
motor being braked.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 370, | for this subject matter where the system includes
frictional braking means and another type of braking means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses, for the structure
of friction braking means, per se. |
|
| | |
| 373 | "Plugging" or application of reverse power to motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which means are provided for applying
electric energy to an electric motor in such a direction or manner
that a torque or force is developed in the motor as a result of such
energization which torque or force opposes the tendency of the motor
to continue in motion if in motion, or to move if not in motion.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes those motor control
systems in which the flow of energy to the motor is reversed while the
motor is still in motion, or in which the motor is energized
in a direction to hold the motor stationary or motionless when the
motor is urged to move, while not energized. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the application of reverse power is
continued after the forward motion of the motor has been reduced
to zero so that the motor operates a substantial amount in the reverse
direction, classification is not herein, but under combined
reversing and braking controls in preceding subclasses.
Note particularly subclass 261. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 210, | for braking of induction motors by phase-reversal (i.e., by
plugging). |
| 261, | and the subclass specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having braking by application of reverse power combined
with continued reverse energization with consequent reverse operation
of the motor. See (2) Note above. |
| 280, | and the Search Notes thereto, for motor
systems having means for reversing the application of power to a motor
for effecting a substantial operation of the motor in the reverse
direction (Motor-reversing control). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 105, | Railway Rolling Stock,
subclass 61 for electric controls for electric-motor driven
locomotives that may involve "plugging" or application
of reverse power for braking purposes. |
|
| | |
| 374 | Energy flow interrupted when motor stops: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter in which means are provided for interrupting
the flow of energy to the motor substantially at the time that the
motor speed is reduced to zero.
| | (1)
Note. The termination of the flow of electric energy
to an electric motor as the motor speed substantially reaches zero
is considered part of the operation of braking and not another motor
control operation, such as automatic stopping of the motor; and
hence, such systems are not considered combined braking
and automatic stopping systems but rather merely a braking system, per
se. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 461, | for motor systems having automatic control means
for merely stopping the motor when the speed of the motor falls
below a predetermined value. |
| 519, | for motor systems having an armature or primary
circuit making and/or braking device for stopping the motor. |
|
| | |
| 375 | Dynamic braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which the motor to be controlled is braked
as a result of the motor being converted into an electric generator, which
supplies electric energy to an electric circuit.
| | (1)
Note. An electric motor to be controlled can be
converted into an electric generator (1) merely
as a result of change in the operating conditions (such
as mere change in speed of the motor so that its c.e.m.f. exceeds
the applied voltage), (2) by
appropriately changing the electric circuits of the motor, or (3) by
properly changing the circuit constants in existing motor circuits
so that the c.e.m.f. generated
by the motor exceeds any value of voltage applied to the motor.
An electric motor is converted to a braking generator whenever the
generated e.m.f. within the motor exceeds
in magnitude the opposing potentials, if any, that
are applied to the motor and whenever the generating circuit is
simultaneously connected to a closed electric circuit.
The "closed electric circuit" may comprise a low
resistance (dead) short circuit, a useful-load
circuit (including the circuit which supplies the electric
energy to the motor during motoring operation) or a purely
resistive (dissipating) circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 87, | for dynamic braking of two or more electric motors. |
| 373, | for miscellaneous systems for "plugging" (application
of reverse power) an electric motor. |
| 759, | for dynamic braking of an induction motor. |
| 763, | for "plugging" (application
of reverse power) of an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 105, | Railway Rolling Stock,
subclass 49 (particularly noting subclass 61) for dynamic
braking of electric locomotives. |
| 180, | Motor Vehicles,
subclass 65 for vehicles having electric motors to supply the
motive power and wherein dynamic braking may be effected to retard
the vehicle. |
| 188, | Brakes,
subclass 159 for electric operators for braking devices in which
the operator therefor is energized by motors operating as generators. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 93 for dynamoelectric brakes. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, for generation systems, per se, and
the controls therefor. |
|
| | |
| 376 | Regenerative: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter in which means are provided for returning
or delivering the electrical energy generated in the motor while
operating as a generator to the circuit which supplies the electric
energy to the motor when operating as a motor.
| | (1)
Note. This type of braking is commonly referred
to as "regenerative" to "recuperative" braking. | |
| | |
| 377 | With additional source of e.m.f.: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 376. Subject matter in which means are provided for producing
a voltage comprising means other than that which constitutes the
source of armature or primary circuit voltage for the motor when
operating as a motor and other than the motor itself when operating
as a generator during braking.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 89, | for braking in plural motor systems wherein one
or more motors are converted into generators for supplying exciting
current to other motors operating as generators. |
|
| | |
| 378 | In series with armature or primary circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 377. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the additional source of e.m.f. in series
with the armature or primary circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 440, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems in which two or more diverse sources
of supply are used for electric motors. |
| 500, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems in which two or more electrical sources
of supply are connected electrically in series with each other and
in series with the armature or primary winding of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 379 | Locally closed armature circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter in which means are provided for immediately
connecting the terminals of the generating circuit of the motor
through an electrical circuit, with or without additional
control or dissipative devices in the last named circuit.
| | (1)
Note. Where the motor is connected to supply energy
to a distribution circuit adapted to supply various and sundry electrical
devices and appliances at remote or indefinite points, classification is
not herein. See Class 307, Electrical Transmission
or Interconnection Systems, subclass 11. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 11 , see (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 380 | Closed through impedance or the like: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Subject matter in which impedance devices or other current-controlling
devices are connected in the locally closed circuit.
| | (1)
Note. Where the "other current-controlling
device" is a useful electric load device for performing
some useful purpose other than as a mere current-controlling
device, classification is not herein. For example, where
the load device is a light generating device used for illumination
purposes or is a secondary battery in which energy is stored indefinitely
for any purpose, classification is not herein.
See Class 307, electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems, subclass
11. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 508, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems wherein impedance devices are connected
in the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 11 , see (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 381 | With field or secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the field or secondary circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor control systems having both armature circuit control
and field circuit control. |
| 521, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for other motor control systems having field or
secondary circuit control. |
|
| | |
| 382 | By auxiliary electric generator or by magnetic attraction
or repulsion devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter in which the braking means comprise (1) an
electric generator connected to be driven by the motor for the purpose
of braking the motor or (2) Magnetic-Flux-producing means
which operate directly through the agency of the flux, per
se, to oppose, by magnetic repulsion or by magnetic
attraction, the tendency of the motor to continue in motion, if in
motion, or to move if not in motion.
| | (1)
Note. Magnetic operators for other types of brakes (e.g., friction, fluid, etc.) are
not included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 375, | for systems wherein the motor itself is converted
into an electric generator to operate as a braking means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes,
subclass 104 for means for braking devices in general by means of
generators or other magnetic devices. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 39 and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for generator systems having a motor driven generator. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems, art collection 931 for single motor running-speed
control systems wherein a generator is driven by the motor, while
the motor is electrically energized, which generator acts
as a retarding or braking means to affect the running-speed
of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 383 | "ANTI-BRAKING" OR BRAKING-PREVENTION
MEANS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for preventing
braking of an electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
means for merely applying or removing the brakes (brake
operators) from electric motors, and see indented
subclasses. |
| 364, | and 365, for motor braking systems having
means for merely delaying the application of braking to an electric motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes,
subclasses 105 through 189for brake operators, per se. |
|
| | |
| 400.01 | Brushless motor closed-loop control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter for controlling the currents or voltages
in (or supplied to) the motor phases (or
windings) to control motor performance (or produce
torque) without motor-controlled mechanical switches (i.e., commutators, brushes, slip
rings, etc.) by generating a feedback
signal in response to any motor parameter (e.g., speed, position, load, torque, current, voltage, acceleration, etc.) and
controlling the motor in response to the feedback signal.
| | (1)
Note. Brushless motors are often called "self-commutating" motors. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass may also include subject matter
wherein the motor is controlled by an additional or remote parameter
signal (e.g., light, temperature, fluid flow, position
of a work piece, etc.). However, in
this case, the motor is also controlled by a feedback signal
in response to any motor parameter (e.g., speed, position, torque, load, current, voltage, acceleration, etc.). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 800 through 824for closed-loop speed control of motors having
commutators and subclasses 842-847 for closed-loop
acceleration control of motors having commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.02 | Vector control (e.g., dq-axis
control, 3-2 phase conversion, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which the feedback loop includes a means
to convert multiphase currents or voltages supplied to the motor phases (or
windings) to a two-phase representation of a related
motor parameter (e.g., flux, rotor
angle current vector, etc.) which is
used to control the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 151 for miscellaneous electrical conversion systems. |
| 341, | Coded Data Generation or Conversion, appropriate subclasses for conversion of data, per
se. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 1 through 12for frequency and phase converters and subclass
150 for phase conversion using dynamoelectric machines. |
|
| | |
| 400.04 | Specific processing of feedback signal or circuit therefore (i.e., A-D
conversion, compression, or modification): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which the feedback signal is altered, modified, or
converted.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass does not include nominally recited
feedback circuits or processes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 615, | for auxiliary feedback loops in a servomotor control
circuit. |
| 667, | for a bridge feedback circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, for measuring (or sensing) nonelectrical
parameters. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 160 through 180for electrical speed measuring. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 236 through 244for speed measurements and signal processing thereof. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 923 through 934for specific feedback circuits for motors having
commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.06 | Comparator circuit or method: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.04. Subject matter comprising a circuit or technique by which
to compare the motor feedback signal with a reference or value.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 601, | for digital comparison techniques in servo systems. |
| 607, | and 608, for frequency and phase comparison
techniques in servo systems. |
|
| | |
| 400.07 | Plural diverse feedback (e.g., torque
and speed, load and speed, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.04. Subject matter wherein two or more motor conditions or parameters
are detected and used as feedback signals.
| | (1)
Note. The use of plural feedback circuits measuring
the same parameter does not qualify to be included in this subclass (e.g., speed
measurement for each phase of a three-phase motor). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 601, | for digital comparison techniques in servo systems. |
| 607, | and 608, for frequency and phase comparison
techniques in servo systems. |
|
| | |
| 400.08 | With nonmotor parameter or remote condition detected (e.g., temperature, light, airflow, position
of diverse object, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.04. Subject matter in which the control signal is a function
of a condition spatially separate from the motor structure.
| | (1)
Note. In the case of light sensing, this subclass
does not include subject matter where optical means are used to
sense rotor position for feedback to the commutation control circuit. |
| | (2)
Note. The motor shaft is a part of the motor structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 400.4, | for light sensing of rotor position. |
| 471, | for automatic motor control via thermal conditions. |
| 638, | through 670, for "error" detecting means, especially
subclass 641 for temperature, subclass 643 for moisture, and
subclass 644 for flow. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, for measuring (or sensing) nonelectrical
parameters. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing, for measuring (or sensing) electrical parameters. |
|
| | |
| 400.09 | Plural mode control (e.g., open
and closed loop, starting and braking, plural-phase
and single-phase operation, open and closed loop, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which the motor is controlled in more
than one distinct set or range of operational characteristics (e.g., high/low
speed, forward/reverse, running/braking, high/low
torque, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 255, | through 279, for plural motor control systems. |
| 362, | through 382, for motor braking systems. |
| 590, | through 598, for multiple mode servo systems. |
|
| | |
| 400.1 | With timing or delay: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.09. Subject matter in which a second mode of operation is initiated
after a specified period of time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445, | through 489, for automatic motor control with a time-delay
means (e.g., automatic starting
or stopping). |
|
| | |
| 400.11 | With separate starting mode or "ramp-up" mode (e.g., open-loop
control for startup, startup initialization, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.09. Subject matter wherein the motor is controlled with one
distinct set or range of operational characteristics prior to reaching running
speed and a second set or range of operational characteristics at
running speed.
| | (1)
Note. Running speed is any speed for which the motor
was designed to operate. A separate starting mode may, for example, be
used to quickly establish a speed (by supplying more torque), prevent
over-current situations (when starting from standstill), or
to establish a set of starting parameters (e.g., position, etc.). | |
| | |
| 400.14 | Phase shifted as function of speed or position: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.13. Subject matter wherein the currents or voltages to the motor
phases or windings are advanced and/or made to lag in accordance with
detected speed and/or position.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems, appropriate subclasses for the miscellaneous systems
for controlling phase angle or voltage and/or current magnitude, and
for the miscellaneous transformer and impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 400.17 | Modification or waveshaping of switching control signal (e.g., switching
control input to inverter, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which switching control signals used to
control motor performance (or produce torque) are
processed, modified, manipulated, or
generated.
| | (1)
Note. Typically, these "switching
control signals" are used to control the inverter switches. This
subclass does not pertain to the currents or voltages sent to the motor
windings, but instead pertains to the signals that control
or cause the currents or voltages to be sent to the motor windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 106 for waveform determinative or pulse-producing
systems. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 100 through 333for signal or waveform converting, shaping, or generating. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclass 915 for waveform generators used to control motors
with commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.19 | Slew rate control (e.g., slew
limiting, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter wherein the time rate of change (or
gradient) of voltage or current in either the phase windings
or in a circuit for controlling the voltages or currents is varied
or regulated.
| | (1)
Note. Slew rate control is often employed to prevent
switching transients, electromagnetic interference, and noise. | |
| | |
| 400.2 | Phase voltage wave-shaping circuit or method (e.g., output
from inverter, phase energizing signal, trapezoidal
wave, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which the energy supplied to the motor
field windings is modified and/or altered to achieve a
desired result (e.g., wave shaping
the drive pulses).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43, | for inverter input waveshaping (i.e., waveshaping
ciruits for driving the inverter). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 106 for waveform determinative or pulse-producing
systems. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 100 through 333for signal or waveform converting, shaping, or generating. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclass 915 for waveform generators used to control motors
with commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.21 | Having protection means (e.g., switching circuit
protection, stall protection, failure to start, "wrong" direction, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which any part of the motor, switches, feedback
system, and/or commutation control hardware is
protected against adverse effects.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 563, | through 566, for servo systems having protective features. |
| 706, | and 707, for motor synchronization systems
wherein failure to synchronize is determined. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 1 through 138for safety and protection of systems and devices. |
|
| | |
| 400.24 | Electrical noise attenuation (e.g., EMI, EMR, RFI, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter for reducing or eliminating electromagnetic
radiation or electrical disturbances (e.g., transients
or perturbations) which interfere with desired operation (e.g., feedback
signal) of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 19.4 for noise-preventing switching. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 800 for shielding structures. |
|
| | |
| 400.26 | Switching circuit structure or component (e.g., inverter, bridge
circuit, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter directed to circuits to make or break (i.e., switches) the
electrical power to the windings.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes single-phase
inverters. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass also includes the rectifier circuit
commonly associated with inverter circuits to rectify an ac source
to dc for use by the inverter switches. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, for switches, per se. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 135 through 139for inverter systems (e.g., having
thyristor). |
|
| | |
| 400.27 | Having both high-side and low-side switching
elements for plural-phase motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.26. Subject matter having a means to connect and disconnect
a motor winding to a power supply (i.e., the
high-side switching elements) and to connect and
disconnect a motor winding to ground (i.e., the
low-side switching elements).
Figure 1. T1a, T2a, and T3aare high-side switching elements;T1b, T2b, and
T3b are low-side switching elements; and A, B, andC
indicate connections to the motor windings
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 135 through 139for inverter systems (e.g., having
thyristor). |
|
| | |
| 400.28 | Diverse high side or low side switching: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.27. Subject matter wherein the means to connect and disconnect
a motor winding to a power supply (i.e., the
high-side switching elements) and the means to
connect and disconnect a motor winding to ground (i.e., the
low-side switching elements) are controlled in
a different manner or by a different method.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 135 through 139for inverter systems (e.g., having
thyristor). |
|
| | |
| 400.29 | H-bridge type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.26. Subject matter in which the motor is connected between two
switches for connecting the motor to a voltage supply (high-side switching
elements) and two switches for connecting the motor to
ground (low-side switching elements).
Figure 1. S1 and S3 are high-side switchingelements; andS2 are S4 are low-side switching
elements. |
| | |
| 400.3 | Power supply voltage feature (e.g., power supply
voltage, Vcc compensation, rectifier circuit, power
regulator, auxiliary or secondary power supply, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter pertaining to the supply of voltage or current
to a circuit for controlling the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 149 through 157for miscellaneous "power pack" systems. |
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems,
subclasses 91 through 93for cathode or cathode heater including anode supply
circuit but not including any grid-biasing circuit. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems, appropriate subclasses for the miscellaneous systems
for controlling phase angle or voltage and/or current magnitude, and
for the miscellaneous transformer and impedance systems. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 530 through 550for miscellaneous circuits combined with power
supply or bias means. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems, appropriate subclasses for inverter and/or
converter systems. |
|
| | |
| 400.32 | Sensorless feedback circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which motor parameters (e.g., rotor
position, speed, etc.) are determined
by measuring phase current or voltage.
| | (1)
Note. While phase currents and voltages are "sensed," per
se, sensors typically refer to physical units attached
to the motor (or rotor) (e.g., Hall
effect sensors, tachometers, etc.). Therefore, sensorless motors
are those without the physical unit attached to the motor (or
rotor). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 615, | for auxiliary feedback loops in a servomotor control
circuit. |
| 667, | for a bridge feedback circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, for measuring (or sensing) nonelectrical
parameters. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 160 through 180for electrical speed measuring. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 236 through 244for speed measurements and signal processing thereof. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 923 through 934for specific feedback circuits for motors having
commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.34 | Electromotive force sensor (e.g., back
or counter EMF sensor, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.32. Subject matter in which phase EMF is detected to determine
a motor attribute (e.g., rotor
position and/or speed) which is fed back to provide
commutation control data.
| | (1)
Note. Back-EMF (or BEMF or counter-EMF
or CEMF), is the voltage produced across motor
windings, due to the winding turns (of the rotor/armature) passing through
a magnetic field (of the stator/field), during
rotation of the motor. The back-EMF is directly
proportional to rotor velocity and opposite in polarity to the applied
voltage. This static voltage arises from the generator
action in a motor, even if the motor windings are not energized. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | for automatic motor control with time-delay
using counter-electromotive force of controlled motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, for measuring (or sensing) nonelectrical
parameters. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 160 through 180for electrical speed measuring. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 236 through 244for speed measurements and signal processing thereof. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 923 through 934for specific feedback circuits for motors having
commutators. |
|
| | |
| 400.36 | With center-tap feedback circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.32. Subject matter in which motor field windings are electrically
connected to a common point and electrical parameters (i.e., current
and/or voltage) are determined from the common
point. |
| | |
| 400.37 | With sensor structure (e.g., tachometer, reed switch, cam-controlled
switching, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter in which any motor parameter (e.g., speed, position, etc.) is
generated into a feedback signal.
| | (1)
Note. Here, the sensor is more than a sensing
circuit and typically includes a physical unit attached to the motor, motor
shaft, or any other structure and capable of determining
a motor parameter. |
| | (2)
Note. In "sensorless" motors, motor parameters
are determined by the use of a measuring circuit and not some physical
unit attached to the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for automatic motor control using a tachometer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 31 for tachometer devices. |
|
| | |
| 400.38 | Magnetic field sensor or responsive device (e.g., Hall
element, magneto-resistance, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.37. Subject matter in which a magnetic field is used to determine
a motor parameter (e.g., position, speed, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclass 514.31 for inductive or magnetic sensing. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets, appropriate subclasses for a magnet or an electromagnet, per
se. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclass 30 for an inductor device having an acceleration responsive
inductance adjusting means. |
|
| | |
| 400.41 | Having specific motor structure (e.g., bifilar windings, airgap
dimension, auxiliary winding, phase winding with
midtap, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 400.01. Subject matter wherein the motor being controlled has a
structural characteristic or feature (e.g., an
element or dimension, etc.) that enhances, modifies, or
otherwise affects motor performance.
| | (1)
Note. The intent of this subclass is to include subject
matter other than the controlling circuitry. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 491, | for motor control of both circuit and motor structure. |
| 538, | through 542, for motor structure adjustment control. |
|
| | |
| 400.42 | Brushless motor open-loop control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter for controlling the currents or voltages
in (or to) the motor phases (or windings) to
control motor performance (or produce torque) without
motor-controlled mechanical switches (i.e., commutators, brushes, slip
rings, etc.) and without feedback of
any motor parameter.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass contains documents that control
a motor without the use of specific feedback parameters, such
as position, speed, torque, load, voltage, current, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. Brushless motors are often called "self-commutating" motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34, | through 113, for plural, diverse, or diversely
controlled motors. |
| 362, | through 382, for motor braking. |
| 560, | through 688 , for servo system motors (e.g., stepper
motors, etc.). |
| 700, | through 724, for synchronous motors. |
| 727, | through 832, for induction motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 825 through 841for open-loop speed control of motors
having commutators and subclasses 848-860 for open-loop
acceleration control of motors having commutators. |
|
| | |
| 430 | MOTOR LOAD, ARMATURE CURRENT OR FORCE CONTROL
DURING STARTING AND/OR STOPPING: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the mechanical load actuated by the motor or for controlling the
motor armature or primary current, torque or force during
the starting and/or the stopping period of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 255, | for this subject matter where there is motor load
control combined with automatic starting and/or stopping
of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 842+ and 848+ for single motor acceleration
control systems with, and without, feedback, respectively. |
|
| | |
| 432 | CONSTANT MOTOR CURRENT, LOAD AND/OR TORQUE
CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for maintaining
substantially constant the magnitude of the motor armature or primary current, the
watts supplied to the motor, the mechanical load connected
or applied to the motor, or the torque or force exerted
by the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 434, | for motor systems in which means are provided for
preventing the load driven by the motor, the motor current, or
the watts supplied to the motor, or the torque exerted
by the motor from exceeding a predetermined maximum or a minimum
value. Where the system includes means to prevent the
motor load, motor current, watts or torque from
exceeding both a maximum and minimum value, the patent
is classified in this subclass 432. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 220 through 354for constant current systems in general. |
|
| | |
| 434 | LIMITATION OF MOTOR LOAD, CURRENT, TORQUE
OR FORCE (E.G., PREVENTING OVERLOAD): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for preventing
the load connected or applied to the motor, the armature
or primary current of the motor, the watts supplied to
the motor, or the torque or force exerted by the motor
from merely exceeding a predetermined maximum or predetermined minimum
value.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 432, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for preventing the motor current, load, or
the torque or force exerted by the motor, from exceeding
both a predetermined maximum and minimum value. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 274 and 284 for regulators with threshold detection. |
|
| | |
| 436 | NONRUNNING, ENERGIZED MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
an electric motor to produce a substantial output force or torque
which is insufficient under prevailing conditions to cause the motor
to start.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is designed to include mere
torque or force producing motors which, under the conditions
of loading, cannot cause the useful load device to move
appreciably, other than to effect a mere slack, play
or back-lash take-up movement, but which
motor nevertheless exerts a sustained torque or force on the load
device. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 6, | for motor systems specifically limited to maintain
a tension in a cable, belt, strand or strip material
under running or stationary conditions. |
| 40, | for plural motors systems having at least one motor
biased against rotation. |
| 159, | for motor systems having means (other than
a useful load device) for biassing the motor against rotation. |
| 430, | for motor systems having means for controlling the
motor torque at the starting period to insure that the motor will
start, and for motor systems having means for stalling
or overloading the motor while the motor is energized. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 98 for electric meters wherein the motive-power
element of the meter is energized to exert torque on a non-moving
pointer to hold it in an indicating position. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 848+ for single motor acceleration control systems wherein a
motor is energized while stationary, but which motor immediately
starts and controllably accelerates to a running condition. |
|
| | |
| 437 | PHASING OR ANGULAR OR LINEAR POSITIONAL CONTROL OF MOVABLE ELEMENT
OF THE MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for positioning
or phasing the movable (working) element on an
electric motor with reference to some object, fixed or
in motion, or with reference to cyclic conditions or time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for follow-up systems of electric motor
control wherein a motor is positioned relatively to a transmitting
or controlling member or with reference to a predetermined condition. |
| 41, | for this subject matter where one motor is in predetermined
relative position with respect to another motor by means of electrical
synchronizing interconnections between the motors. |
| 45, | for this subject matter where two or more motors
are mechanically coupled together so that their movable elements
are constrained to maintain a predetermined relative phase or angular
position with respect to each other. |
| 68, | for this subject matter where one motor has its
speed and/or phase relationship controlled with respect
to another motor under running speed conditions. |
| 85, | for miscellaneous motor systems having means for
synchronizing, resynchronizing or phasing control of two or
more electric motors. |
| 136, | for motor systems having means for starting or accelerating
motors other than by electrical energization of the motor, including
means for synchronizing or phasing the motors relative to an AC
source of supply to which the motors are to be connected. |
| 466, | for motor systems having means for automatically
stopping a motor when it reaches a predetermined position. |
|
| | |
| 438 | POWER FACTOR CONTROL OF ARMATURE OR LINE CIRCUIT: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the power factor (i.e., the phase
angle between the line voltage and resulting line current which
is supplied to the primary circuit) of the energy supplied
by an alternating current source to the armature or primary circuit
of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. For the combination of power factor control
and one or more motor operations control, see appropriate
subclass for the particular operations control. Power
factor control is not such a control as is combinable with other
controls to constitute plural diverse controls. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 165, | for motor systems having synchronous motor control, particularly
field-circuit control, which may modify the power
factor of the energy supplied to the motor. Particularly
note subclass 179 for synchronous motor systems having automatic
control means which is responsive to power factor, phase
angle, power, or watts in the motor armature circuit. |
| 508, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition thereof for miscellaneous motor systems having the armature
circuit controlled by means of impedances (reactors, condensers, etc.) in
the armature circuit. |
| 729, | and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto, for
power factor control in induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 205 through 211for power factor control systems. |
|
| | |
| 440 | HAVING PLURAL, DIVERSE OR DIVERSELY CONTROLLED
SOURCES: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which two or more sources of electrical
energy are provided for the armature or primary circuit of electric motors
one or more of said sources (1) having one or
more characteristics (e.g., size, frequency, voltage, etc.) which
are substantially different from one or more corresponding characteristics
of one or more others of the sources, or (2) are
controlled substantially differently (e.g., with
respect to time, degree of control, type of control
means, etc.) from one or more others
of the sources.
| | (1)
Note. Where a plurality of sources are connected
in electrical series, or in series, or in series
parallel in the armature or primary circuit of a motor, there being
no significant diverse characteristics of the sources claimed or
no different control of the sources claimed, the patent
is excluded from this subclass. See subclass 504 and the
subclasses specified in the Notes to the definition of that subclass
for such excluded subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 105, | for motor systems having plural diverse, or
diversely controlled sources of armature or primary circuit supply
for plural motors. |
| 119, | and 123, for motor systems having a polyphase
source of supply for a reciprocating or oscillating motor. |
| 149, | for motor systems having plural, diverse
or diversely controlled generators for supplying electric energy
to the armature or primary circuits of motors. |
| 248, | for motor systems having plural, diverse
or diversely controlled sources of e.m.f. for
a series motor. |
| 500, | see Note 1 above. 731, for motor
systems having plural sources of supply for an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 18 for systems interconnecting a plurality of sources
of electrical energy so that they supply a plurality of load devices or
load circuits; subclass 43 for systems interconnecting
a plurality of sources of electrical energy so that they can supply
a common load or load circuit. |
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems,
subclass 86 for automatic substitution of power supply; subclass
137 for polyphases source of supply; subclass 160 for plural
power supplies, all for lamp or space-discharge
device systems. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclasses, particularly
subclass 138 , for a plural source of supply for a battery
or condenser in a charging or discharging system. |
|
| | |
| 441 | A.C. and D.C.: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources are an
alternating current type of source and one or more others of which
are a direct current type of source.
| | (1)
Note. A pulsating source in which the instantaneous
polarity never reverses is classified as a direct current source. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 107, | for plural motor systems having AC and DC sources
of supply. |
|
| | |
| 442 | Different voltages: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Subject matter in which one or more of the sources have
a different (effective value) voltage than one
or more others of the sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 108, | and 109, for plural motor systems having
plural sources of supply one or more of which sources have a voltage which
is different (in effective value) than the voltage
of one or more others of the sources. |
|
| | |
| 443 | PERIODIC, REPETITIOUS OR SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS
CONTROL OF MOTOR, INCLUDING "JOG" AND "INCH" CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting
a motor operation two or more times in succession at regular or
irregular intervals of time.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes those systems of repetitious, periodic, or
successive operations of a motor in which once the operation of
the motor is initiated, either manually or automatically, the operation
will take place a plurality of times by virtue of the inherent law
or mode of operation of the control means. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the operation is controlled by some
condition-sensitive device and the operation is effected
each time a predetermined condition exists but where the condition
may or may not exist so that as a result the operation may or may not
occur or take place, classification is not herein but in
some other appropriate subclass. See subclass 445 herein
below, and the subclasses listed in the Search Notes thereto. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 102, | for motor systems having means for successively
starting and/or stopping or for periodically or repeatedly
starting and/or stopping two or more electric motors. |
| 119, | for this subject matter where the motor is a reciprocating
or oscillating electric motor which is periodic or repetitious in
its operation by virtue of its normal mode of operation (i.e., its working
or useful output member periodically stops and reverses). |
| 162, | for pattern, template, perforated
sheet or other predetermined schedule means which can be operated
to give repeated or cyclic motor operation controls. |
| 281, | for motor systems having means for periodically
reversing a motor. |
| 431, | for motor systems having means for repeatedly applying
starting impulses to a motor to overcome starting friction. |
|
| | |
| 445 | AUTOMATIC AND/OR WITH TIME-DELAY MEANS (E.G., AUTOMATIC STARTING
AND/OR STOPPING): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which (1) means are provided
for sensing the existence of or the magnitude of a predetermined
condition (e.g., temperature, time, speed
of a device, etc.) combined with means
for controlling the motor and in which the sensing means initiates
the operation of the motor control means upon the occurrence of
the predetermined condition; and/or (2) in
which time-delay or retarding means are provided for retarding
or delaying the operation of the motor control means whether the
operation is initiated manually or automatically.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass and the subclasses indented
hereinunder will be the places where automatic starting and/or
stopping, per se, of electric motors will be classified.
See the class definition for automatic starting and/or
stopping of electric motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for electric motor follow-up systems in
which a motor starts (including automatic starting in response
to a change in a condition) and automatically stops when
motor moves a distance proportional to the degree of movement of
a controller or to the degree of change of a condition. |
| 69, | for speed difference detectors in plural motor systems
for automatically controlling the relative speeds of the motors
in response to a difference in speed between the motors. |
| 77, | for motor systems having devices responsive to speed
of one motor which controls speed of another electric motor. |
| 120, | and 127, for motor systems having means
for automatically controlling a reciprocating or oscillating motor. |
| 141, | for generator supplied motor systems having means
for automatically controlling the generator. |
| 162, | for motor systems having means for automatically
controlling an electric motor by means of templates, perforated
sheets and other predetermined schedule means. |
| 174, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for automatic control of synchronous
motors. |
| 221, | for induction motor systems having automatic control
and/or time delay means for the control of an impedance type
converter or dephasing means for controlling the armature or primary circuit
of the motor. |
| 283, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for miscellaneous motor systems having
automatic control of the reversing of electric motors. |
| 364, | for miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
controls of the braking of electric motors. |
| 432, | for miscellaneous motor systems having automatic
means for maintaining constant load or constant current in electric
motors. |
| 700, | for induction motor systems having automatic control
and/or time delay means for the control of a primary circuit
impedance of the motor. |
| 822, | for induction motor systems having automatic control
of an impedance in the secondary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, see (4) Note of class definition
and the search notes thereto, for condition responsive systems, per
se. |
| 334, | Tuners,
subclass 9 for remotely controlled variable tuners having
an electromagnetic operator. |
|
| | |
| 446 | With nonautomatic control means (e.g., manual): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which means other than automatic means (e.g., manual
means) are also provided for effecting a particular control
of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. The automatic control means and the nonautomatic
control means may be arranged to operate conjointly or exclusively
of each other. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1, | for motor systems having means in addition to an
electric motor for actuating a load device. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 479.01 and the Search Notes thereto, for plural
operators or controlling elements for single load devices in general. |
|
| | |
| 447 | Nonresponsive or less responsive for limited periods: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which means are provided for rendering
the sensing mechanism entirely nonresponsive or incapacitated, or
less responsive to the predetermined conditions for a particular and
limited period of time which is less than the time required for
an operating cycle of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an overload cutout may
be rendered inoperative during the starting period of a motor so
that it will not trip during the particular and limited period that
the motor is starting, but will be fully operative during
the running period of the motor. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the sensing or control means is merely
delayed or retarded (e.g., by
means of a dash pot or other retarding means), so
that the rate at which the sensing means responds or the control
means operates is reduced, classification is not herein, but
in subclass 484 below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 279, | for means for rendering the overload sensing mechanism
less responsive during the accelerating period of the motor. |
| 484, | see Note 2 above. |
|
| | |
| 448 | Anti-hunting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which means are provided for preventing
or for reducing the tendency of the motor control means to cause
the motor to "hunt" overtravel or to be over-compensated. The
systems included herein are "open loop" controls
and thus are not servomechanisms.
| | (1)
Note. "Overcompensation" is defined for
the purposes of this class as that condition which exists when the
automatic control means, in consequence of its sensing
means responding to a change in some predetermined condition, cause
the operation or control of the motor to be extended or continued
beyond that necessary to restore the condition to the desired value. "Overtravel" is
defined as the movement of the motor, or devices actuated
thereby, beyond that necessary to cause the condition to
be restored to the desired value and is the direct and proximate
result of the "overcompensation" defined above. "Hunting" is defined
as that condition which exists as a result of "overcompensation" or "overtravel" in
which the sensing means again responds to the extended or excessive change
in condition beyond that desired to cause the control means to effect
a control of the motor in the opposite direction. Should
the control means again overcompensate, the operation of the
control means may be initiated for several or for an indefinite
number of times. These successive operations or controls
of the motor in an attempt to restore the condition to a predetermined value
is known as "hunting"; and the means
provided to prevent or reduce hunting are known as "anti-hunting" means. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the system is a closed loop position
servomechanism, classification is not herein, but
in subclass 611, above. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for braking a motor in order to prevent
overtravel of a motor after the energy flow thereto has been terminated. |
| 611, | see Note (2) above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 39 for anti-hunting means in electric generating
systems. |
| 333, | Wave Transmission Lines and Networks,
subclass 19 for differentiating or integrating networks of
the passive type. |
|
| | |
| 449 | With respect to a fixed standard, master or reference
device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which means are provided for producing
a force, motion, or other quantitative characteristic
constituting a standard, master, or reference
value or quantity, in combination with means for comparing
such value or quantity with a value or quantity of a corresponding characteristic
derived from or as a result of the operation of the motor to be
controlled, and for controlling the motor in accordance
with the magnitude or variations in magnitude of the resultant of
the compared values or quantities.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for electric motor follow-up systems in
which when the "transmitter" is operated continuously
the follow-up motor may vary in speed (see particularly
subclass 23) in accordance with variations in the speed
of operation of the transmitter which thus acts as a standard or
reference device. |
| 69, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the relative speed of two or more electric motors wherein a speed
difference detector is employed for comparing the relative speeds
of the motor with respect to each other and means are provided responsive
to the speed difference detector for controlling the speed of one
motor relative to that of another. |
| 77, | for plural motor systems in which means responsive
to the speed of one motor constitutes a speed controlling means
for another motor. |
| 329, | for motor systems having means to control the motor
running-speed in response to the speed or frequency of any
master device other than the source of supply for the armature circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 36 for generator control with respect to a standard
master or reference device. |
|
| | |
| 450 | Electrical detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter in which the comparing means (i.e., the
means which detects a change in, or a difference between, the
values or quantities being compared) comprise electrical
means, e.g., coils, electric
meters or indicators, dynamoelectric machines, electrical
impedances, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 70, | for plural motor systems having electrical type
detectors in running-speed control systems wherein the
speed of one motor is compared by electrical means with the speed
of another. |
|
| | |
| 451 | Mechanically vibrating device as reference device (e.g., tuning
fork): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter in which a tuning-fork or other mechanically
vibratable device is used as a standard, master, or
reference device with which the operation or control of the motor
is compared and controlled.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119, | for motor systems where the motor is an electrically
driven tuning-fork. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 84, | Music,
subclass 457 for tuning-fork, per se, when
used for producing musical notes. |
|
| | |
| 452 | Plural, diverse conditions or with time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter , (1) in which
the sensing means are provided with means which respond to two or
more conditions, one or more of which are diverse in type
or character than one or more others of the conditions or (2) in
which means are employed for sensing one or more conditions, diverse
or otherwise, in combination with means for delaying or
retarding the operation of the sensing means or the control means after
control thereof has been initiated by the sensing means.
| | (1)
Note. The magnitude of a condition (e.g., 40-volts) and
the rate-of-change (e.g., 1
volt per second) of a condition are considered plural, diverse
conditions for purpose of classification herein. Two magnitudes
of a different order of the same condition (e.g., 40-volts
and 60-volts) are not considered plural diverse conditions
for purposes of classification herein. |
| | (2)
Note. Automatic starting of a motor in response
to one condition and stopping in response to different kind of condition is
included herein, for example. |
| | (3)
Note. The sensing means which responds to two or
more diverse conditions may comprise either separate means one of
which responds to one condition and another of which responds to
another condition, or a single means which is simultaneously
responsive to diverse conditions (e.g., an
electromagnet having the winding made of a thermally responsive
material, such as iron wire, which is inherently
responsive to voltage or current and also temperature). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 142, | for automatic control in response to plural diverse
conditions and/or with automatic control in response to
a condition in combination with time delay or retarding means, of
a generator in a generator-fed-motor system. |
| 365, | for automatic control of motor braking in response
to plural diverse conditions and/or with time-delay
means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 40 for generator control responsive to plural conditions. |
|
| | |
| 453 | Electrical condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 452. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to one or more electrical conditions (e.g., voltage, frequency, current, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 142, | for automatic control of a generator in a generator-fed-motor
system in which the sensing means is responsive to plural diverse
conditions including one or more electrical conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 41 for generator control in response to plural conditions including
an electrical condition. |
|
| | |
| 454 | Plural, diverse electrical conditions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 453. Subject matter in which the sensing means respond to two
or more predetermined electrical conditions, one or more
of which conditions are different in kind or character (e.g., voltage, current, frequency, watts, power-factor, etc.) than
one or more others of the conditions.
| | (1)
Note. The magnitude of an electrical characteristic (e.g., 50-volts, 10
amperes, etc.) and the rate-of-change
of magnitude of the same characteristic (e.g., 1-volt
per second change, or 2-amperes per minute change) are
considered to be diverse electrical conditions and, hence, are
included within the definition of this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 143, | for automatic control of generator-fed motor
systems in response to plural, diverse electrical conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 42 for generator control in response to plural electrical conditions. |
|
| | |
| 455 | Voltage and current (e.g., watts): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 454. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to both voltage and current including watts or watthours based on
both voltage and current.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 43 for generator control in response to voltage and
current. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing, appropriate subclasses, particularly
subclasses 136 , 137, 139, and 140 for watt
or watt-hour meters, per se. |
|
| | |
| 456 | Rate-of-change of a condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the rate-of-change of a condition (e.g., from
72° F to 73° F in 10 minutes, four (4) pounds
pressure change per hour, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. Means responsive to rate of change of position (i.e., the
speed) of the motor or other body are not included herein
but will be found herein below. See subclass 461. However, means responsive
to rate-of-change of speed (i.e., acceleration) are
classified herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 19 for rate of change responsive generator control. |
| 333, | Wave Transmission Lines and Networks,
subclass 19 for differentiating or integrating networks of
the passive type. |
|
| | |
| 457 | Interia-type detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter in which means are provided for sensing, detecting, or
measuring the rate-of-change of a condition comprising
a device having an inertia member which is relatively displaced
in response to a rate-of-change of a condition. |
| | |
| 459 | Terminal voltage or counter-electromotive force
of controlled motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to the armature or primary circuit voltage, the terminal
voltage, or the counter-electromotive-force
of the motor being controlled.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 145, | for generator-fed-motor systems
having the generator controlled in response to the terminal voltage
or counter e.m.f. of the motor. |
| 368, | for motor systems having the braking of the motor
controlled in response to the terminal voltage or counter e.m.f. of
the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 29 for generator control in response to generator
voltage. |
|
| | |
| 460 | Sound, supersonic vibration or mechanical vibration: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to noise, sound, or other mechanical vibrations
of bodies.
| | (1)
Note. Means for sensing (or which are responsive
to) electrostatic or magnetic waves are not included herein, even
if the said waves are produced or originated by mechanically vibrating
bodies. |
| | (2)
Note. Means for sensing compressional waves transmitted
by means of solids, liquids, or gases (including
natural media such as earth, water, and atmosphere) are
included herein regardless of the frequency thereof (i.e., whether
audible or supersonic). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 128, | for motor systems having automatic control of reciprocating
or oscillating electric motors in response to the sound, noise, or
vibration in or of the motors or devices actuated thereby. |
| 480, | for motor systems having automatic control of the
motor in response to radiant energy. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 12.22 , 12.5-12.53, and
13.24-13.26 are the generic subclasses
for systems for the control of apparatus and devices at a distance
by means of wireless or radio wave energy. See the
search notes in the class definition of Class 343 for the other
classes which provide for means for the control of an apparatus
or device by means of compressional waves. |
|
| | |
| 461 | Speed or rate-of-movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to the speed (angular or linear velocity) or rate-of-movement
of the motor being controlled or of any other body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 77, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for automatic running-speed control
of one motor with reference to the running-speed of another
motor. |
| 128, | for control of a reciprocating or oscillating motor
in response to rate-of-movement thereof. |
| 146, | for automatic control of the generator in a generator-fed-motor
system in response to the speed of the motor being controlled or
of a device driven thereby. |
| 286, | for automatic reversing of the motor being controlled
in response to movement (including speed) of the
motor or of a device driven thereby. |
| 369, | for automatic control of braking of an electric
motor in response to the speed thereof or of devices driven thereby. |
| 715, | and 721, for control of synchronous motor
in response to speed thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 30 for generator control in response to the speed
of the generator. |
|
| | |
| 462 | Centrifugal-type detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter in which the sensing means comprises a centrifugally
operating device for detecting the speed conditions.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclass 535 for a speed responsive device of the centrifugal
weight type, per se. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 31 for generator control in response to generator
speed by means of a centrifugal device. |
|
| | |
| 463 | Tachometer-type detector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter in which the sensing means comprises a tachometer
device.
| | (1)
Note. A "tachometer device" is
defined as a device adapted to be connected to a moving body and
to develop a force, pressure (including electrical
potential) or other quantity which varies with the speed
of the moving body which force, pressure or other quantity
is availed of to actuate another device to a degree varying with
the speed of the moving body. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 449, | and the Search Notes thereto, for motor
systems having a tachometer device in which the output thereof is compared
with the output of a master or standard device for the purpose of automatically
controlling motor operations. |
| 462, | and the Search Notes thereto, for speed
responsive devices of the centrifugal type for motor control systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, appropriate subclasses for generator structure, per
se, which may be used as electric tachometers. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 32 for generator systems having generator control
in response to generator speed wherein the sensing device is a tachometer. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 160 for speed measuring systems wherein electric tachometers
are used as speed indicators. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 236 for speed responsive means including tachometers
for controlling electrical systems in response to the speed of some device. |
| 418, | Rotary Expansible Chamber Devices, for appropriate subclasses, for rotary expansible
chamber devices, per se. |
|
| | |
| 464 | Electric generator tachometer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 463. Subject matter in which the speed sensing device comprises
an electric generator connected to be driven by and in proportion
to the speed of the motor or other moving body.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, appropriate subclasses, for motor driven
generators in general. |
|
| | |
| 465 | In excess of a predetermined valve: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
an electric motor in response to speeds of motors or of other bodies
when the speed is in excess or above a predetermined value.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 462, | for this subject matter where the speed sensing
means is a centrifugal device. |
| 463, | for this subject matter where the speed sensing
means is a tachometer device. |
|
| | |
| 466 | Movement, position, or limit-of-travel: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to a predetermined (1) movement (e.g., mere
condition of motion, number of revolutions, etc.), (2) limit-of-travel, or (3) other position (e.g., mere
presence of, altitude or elevation, etc.) of
the motor being controlled or of any body or device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for follow-up motor systems in which the
motor is started and/or stopped in response to the position
of the "Transmitter". |
| 120, | for motor systems having means for stopping a reciprocating
or oscillating motor in response to a predetermined number of revolutions
or cycles. |
| 128, | for motor systems having means for controlling a
reciprocating or oscillating electric motor in response to movement
or position of the motor or device actuated thereby. |
| 286, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for automatic control of motor reversing
in response to movement or position of motor or device actuated thereby. |
| 369, | for motor systems having automatic control of the
braking of a motor in response to movement or position of the motor
or device driven thereby. |
| 396, | for motor systems having automatic control of the
acceleration of a motor in response to the movement or position
of the motor or device driven thereby. |
| 461, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means responsive to rate-of-change
of position (i.e., velocity, speed) of
the motor or other devices. |
|
| | |
| 467 | Plural sensing means for determining plural positions or
plural limits-of travel: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 466. Subject matter in which two or more means are provided for
sensing or determining two or more positions or limits-of-travel
of the motor or other device. The systems included herein are "open-loop" controls
and thus are not servomechanisms.
| | (1)
Note. For example, a plurality of push buttons
may be provided, each determining a different position
or a different limit-of-travel at which the sensing means
will function to initiate operation of the motor control means. |
| | (2)
Note. A single position or limit-of-travel determining
means which is merely adjustable so as to initiate a motor control
operation when any of a number of possible positions or limits-of-travel
are reached, is not included herein. |
| | (3)
Note. Where the system is a closed loop position
servomechanism, classification is not herein, but
in subclass 600 or 672, above. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 600, | and 672, see Note (2) above. |
|
| | |
| 468 | Limit-of-travel control means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 466. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to limit-of-travel of the working element of the
controlled motor or of any other device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 128, | for motor systems having automatic means for controlling
intermittent energization of an electric reciprocating or oscillating
motor when at the limit-of-travel of the working
element of the motor. |
| 266, | for motor systems having means for stopping motor
at limit-of-travel thereof combined with other
motor controls. |
| 286, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for motor systems having means for reversing
an electric motor when it reaches the limit-of-travel
thereof. |
| 369, | for motor systems having means for controlling the
motor braking means at the limit-of-travel of
the motor or of the means driven thereby. |
|
| | |
| 469 | Overloading limit-of-travel-type
control means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 468. Subject matter in which means are provided for overloading
the motor automatically when the limit-of-travel
has been attained.
| | (1)
Note. For example, when the motor or a device
actuated thereby reaches its limit-of-travel it
may contact a compression spring or an abutment device placed permanently
or temporarily or momentarily in its path thereby placing increased
load on the motor resulting in increased armature circuit current
which may be availed of to effect the particular motor control desired. | |
| | |
| 470 | Magnitude of movement or revolutions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 466. Subject matter in which the sensing means responds to the
mere magnitude of movement (e.g., linear
or angular displacements) of the motor being controlled
or of any other device.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the sensing means may
be responsive to a predetermined linear movement of eight (8) inches, or of
one (1) mile; or to a predetermined angular
movement of thirty (30) degrees or of six (6) revolutions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 128, | for motor systems having automatic control of a
reciprocating or oscillating motor in response to mere magnitude
of movement of the motor or means driven thereby. |
| 286, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for motor systems having automatic control
of the reversing of the motor in response to movement of the motor or
a device driven thereby. |
| 369, | for motor systems having automatic control of the
braking of the motor in response to movement of the motor or a device
driven thereby. |
|
| | |
| 471 | Responsive to thermal conditions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means responds to thermal
or temperature conditions in or of any predetermined device or at
any predetermined place or position.
| | (1)
Note. Response of the sensing means to the particular
temperature (e.g., 30°C, 70°F.) or
amount of temperature change (e.g., 30°C. change) without
reference to the actual temperature or the amount of available heat
stored in a body (e.g., 100 calories) is
included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 236, | Automatic Temperature and Humidity Regulation, appropriate (thermal) subclasses, noting
subclasses 67 through 104for thermally responsive means in automatic temperature
control systems, and especially subclass 74, for
thermally controlled electric motor actuated temperature control devices. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 34 for generator control in response to thermal conditions. |
|
| | |
| 472 | Of motor control means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter in which the sensing means is arranged to
be responsive to the temperature or thermal conditions of an impedance
in the circuit of the motor being controlled, or of other means
employed for controlling the motor. |
| | |
| 473 | In or about the motor being controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter in which the sensing means are connected
or arranged to be responsive to thermal condition in or immediately
about the motor being controlled.
| | (1)
Note. Sensing means connected or arranged to be
responsive to ambient temperature conditions which substantially
represent the temperature of the medium (e.g., air, or
oil if submerged in oil, etc.) in which
the motor is located, are included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 35 for generator control in response to thermal conditions in
the generator or driving means. |
|
| | |
| 474 | Motor load, armature or primary or secondary circuit
current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means responds to a
predetermined motor load, torque, armature or
primary circuit current, or secondary circuit current.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 144, | for automatic control of the generator in generator-fed-motor
systems in response to the armature or primary circuit current of
the motor. |
| 367, | for this subject matter for the automatic control
of the braking of an electric motor in response to the armature
or primary current of the motor. |
| 706, | and 714, for automatic control of a synchronous
motor in response to the armature or primary circuit current. |
| 825, | for automatic control of a secondary circuit impedance
in an induction motor in response to the primary or secondary current
of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 475 | Mechanical-type detector (e.g., by
yielding spring devices): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 474. Subject matter in which a mechanical device is provided
to sense or detect the existence of a predetermined load on the
motor.
| | (1)
Note. As an example, a resilient shaft coupling
device, the load end of which is variably displaced under
varying load conditions with respect to the motor end of the coupling, can
be used in combination with contact devices or variable impedance
devices whereby the relative movement between the parts of the coupling
device is availed of to actuate the contacting or impedance device
in response to changes in load to initiate operation of control
means for the motor. | |
| | |
| 477 | Intentionally increased load: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Subject matter in which the load on the motor or the armature
or primary circuit of the motor is caused to be increased to a magnitude
in excess of or above a predetermined value at the will of an operator
or by means which is designated to, and will cause the
motor to be overloaded at a time selected by the operator or designer.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an operator may deliberately
increase the load on the motor by manually increasing the load actuated
by the motor, or by manipulating the motor controls so
as to cause the motor to draw an excessive current; or
a temporary obstruction may be placed in the path of movement of
the motor or device actuated thereby which will cause the motor
to exert greater effort with resultant increase in motor current, as
a result of which some motor control will be exercised. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 469, | for motor systems having automatic means for controlling
the motor at its limit-of-travel (by
means located at the limit-of-travel of the motor
or device actuated thereby for overloading the motor) in
order to cause the circuit of the motor to be opened or otherwise
controlled. |
|
| | |
| 479 | Voltage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 478. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the voltage of the other circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for automatic motor control systems in which the sensing
means is responsive to the terminal, line, or
counter-electromotive-force of the motor being
controlled. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 29 for generator systems wherein a motor responsive
to generator voltage is used to control the generator or its driving
means. |
|
| | |
| 480 | Radiant energy: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means responds to the
mere presence or absence of, or the frequency, (i.e., color) intensity, magnitude or
amount of radiant energy.
| | (1)
Note. Sensing means which respond to the visible
spectrum of light are included herein. Those means which
respond to the infra-red or heat waves are classified in
subclass 471 above. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 16, | for motor systems in which the motor is controlled
or operated by space transmitted electromagnetic or electrostatic
energy. |
| 460, | for automatic control systems for electric motors
where the motor is controlled by sound or supersonic vibrations. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclass 200 and the classes and subclasses specified in the notes
to the definitions of these subclasses for photo-cell controlled
circuits and photo-cell apparatus. |
|
| | |
| 481 | Pressure in a fluid or granular material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the pressure in, (1) a fluid medium (i.e., gaseous
or a liquid medium) or (2) a granular
medium (i.e., a mass of particulate
material or of discrete particles, such as, for
example, sand, wheat, grains, shot, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 482, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto, for
motor systems having the automatic control of an electric motor
in response to the level of a fluid or of a granular material. |
|
| | |
| 482 | Level of fluid or granular material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the level of (1) a fluid material or medium (i.e., a
gaseous or a liquid material or medium) or (2) a
granular (i.e., particulate
or discrete particles) material or medium (e.g., sand, grain, shot, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 481, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto, for
motor systems having automatic control of the motor in response
to the pressure in a fluid or granular material or medium. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 417, | Pumps,
subclass 36 , for a float controlled motor driving
a pump. |
|
| | |
| 483 | Moisture content or wetness: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means is responsive
to the presence of, or the degree or amount of, moisture, wetness, or
humidity, in a solid, liquid, or gaseous
mass or body.
| | (1)
Note. Systems of motor control responsive, for
example, to the amount of moisture (i.e., water) in
a lubricating oil, the amount of water vapor in a tobacco
storage space, or the amount of alcohol in a fabric are
included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 236, | Automatic Temperature and Humidity Regulation,
subclass 44 and the search notes thereto, for humidity sensing
means in automatic humidity control systems. |
|
| | |
| 484 | Time or with time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to the occurrence of a particular instant of time (e.g., 8:30
A.M., 5:00 P.M., etc.), or
to the passage of a predetermined interval of time (e.g., 20-minutes, 4-hours, etc.), or
in which means are provided for delaying or retarding the operation
of the motor control means (e.g., by
means of dash-pots, slow-speed operation
of the motor control means by a slow-speed motor or through
speed-reducing gearing, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. Since in any automatic control system the
waiting period for any predetermined condition to occur means, by necessity
a passage of some intervening interval of time, every automatic
motor control system involves, therefore, a time-delay
in a broad sense. However, in such automatic
control systems the time interval is indefinite and may vary in
magnitude from an infinitesimally short period to an indefinitely
long period. The time or time intervals intended to be
included herein are of reasonably definite and of predetermined values
and, consequently, the means included herein must
be capable by its inherent mode of operation of causing a control
to occur at some precise time or after the lapse of a reasonably
definite and fixed (although adjustable) period
of time. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 285, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for the automatic control of the reversing of a motor in response
to instants of, or passage of a predetermined interval
of time, or where the control means includes time delay
means. |
| 447, | for automatically controlled motor systems having
means for rendering the condition-sensing means nonresponsive
or less responsive for limited periods of time. |
|
| | |
| 485 | Dash-pot or other mechanical delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 484. Subject matter in which the time-delay means comprises
a dash-pot or other mechanical braking device for effecting
a time delay in the operation of the motor control means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes,
subclass 266 for a fluid-resistance brake or dashpot
of general utility. |
|
| | |
| 486 | Pilot- or servo-motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 484. Subject matter in which the time-controlling or time-delay
means comprises a motor connected to actuate the control means, the
motor operating the control being designed so that an appreciable
amount of time elapse during the movement of the motor before the
control means is actuated.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type, appropriate subclasses for expansible chamber motors, per
se. |
| 185, | Motors: Spring, Weight, or
Animal Powered, appropriate subclasses, for the structure
of miscellaneous mechanical motors. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, appropriate subclasses for electric motor structure, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 487 | Electromagnetic or inductive time-delay means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 484. Subject matter in which the time-controlling or time-delay
means comprises an electromagnetic device in the control circuit
of the motor, the electromagnetic device having means for affecting
the rate of rise and fall of the current through the electromagnet
or for affecting the rate of increase or decrease in the magnetic flux
associated with the electromagnet, for the purpose of controlling
the time of operation of the control means. |
| | |
| 488 | Responsive to stress in body or material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to physical tension, compression or other stress in a body
of material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 6, | for motor systems having a motor actuated means
for maintaining a predetermined tension in a body of material. |
| 460, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
automatically controlled motor systems having sensing means responsive
to stresses due to waves of compression and rarefaction in sound
transmitting mediums and bodies (e.g., sound, mechanical
vibration). |
| 471, | for automatically controlled motor systems having
sensing means responsive to thermal stresses. |
| 481, | for automatically controlled motor systems having
sensing means responsive to stresses in fluids or granular material
due to the pressure in, fluid or material. |
|
| | |
| 489 | Responsive to direction, inclination or angular
position of bodies: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter in which the sensing means are responsive
to direction, grade, inclination, angular
position, or to a deviation or change from a predetermined
value thereof. The systems included herein are "open-loop" controls and
thus are not servomechanisms.
| | (1)
Note. Where the system is closed loop position servomechanism, classification is
not herein, but in subclass 580, above. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclass 300 for direction sensing and indicating. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 5 for structure of gyroscopes, per se. |
|
| | |
| 490 | WITH SIGNALS, METERS, RECORDERS OR TESTING
DEVICES: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means, in addition to the
motor supply and/or control system, are provided
for signalling, recording, metering or measuring, or
testing conditions in or about the motor and/or its system
of supply and/or control, or the operation or
the state of operation of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The line that exists between the class (Class
318) and other classes which relate to signalling, recording, metering or
measuring, or testing, per se, is, in general, as
follows: (1) Where the claimed subject
matter only nominally includes the motor or a conventional part or
circuit thereof (such, for example, as "a
motor", and "electric motor", a "motor
armature", a "motor field winding", etc.) in
combination with signalling, recording, metering
or measuring, or testing means set forth in detail, classification
will be on the basis of testing, metering, signalling, etc., in
the classes appropriate thereto; (2) Where
the claimed subject matter includes detailed motor control and/or
supply circuits or where parts of the motor or its supply and/or
control circuits are claimed which do not pertain directly, immediately
and only to the signalling, metering or measuring, or
testing means (claimed broadly or in detail), classification
is in this class. In other words where the motor and its
supply and/or control circuits are significantly claimed (i.e., the claims
are substantially and particularly limited to other than a mere
or nominal motor circuit) classification is in this class; but
when the motor or its circuit is included only nominally in the
manner of an example or as a broad or general illustration, classification
is in some other class appropriate to the signalling, recording, etc.; (3) Systems
involving mere detecting or condition-sensing means but
with no scale or indicator attached thereto are not classified in
this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous measuring and
testing apparatus. See
subclass 862 for dynameters. |
| 116, | Signals and Indicators, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous signals and
indicators. |
| 235, | Registers, appropriate subclasses, for miscellaneous
counting and registering apparatus and systems. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical, appropriate subclasses, for miscellaneous electric
signaling systems. |
| 346, | Recorders, appropriate subclasses, for miscellaneous
recording apparatus and systems. |
|
| | |
| 491 | CONTROL OF BOTH MOTOR CIRCUIT AND MOTOR STRUCTURE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the physical structure (e.g., shifting
commutator brushes, pole pieces or other magnetic structure, coil
position, etc., relative to other structure) of
an electric motor and for also controlling an electric circuit connected
to the motor for affecting the supply of energy to, or
the operation of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Rotary movement of a rotary electric motor
resulting from electric energization of the motor is not bias for classification
herein. However, axial movement of the rotor other
than by the magnetic force of the motor is structure control included
herein.
| SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 538, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for electric motor systems having
means for controlling the motor structure. |
| 830, | for combined control of motor structure and motor
circuit in induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 835+ for single motor running-speed control
systems having combined control of motor structure and motor circuit. |
|
| | |
| 492 | MOTOR MAGNETIC ENERGY DISSIPATION: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for effecting, or
for controlling the dissipation of magnetic energy stored in magnetic circuit
of the field or secondary winding of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. Such means include means for reducing the
tendency toward the generation of high potentials in the field winding
circuit due to the collapse of the magnetic field flux when the
field circuit is opened. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 379, | for motor systems having means for locally closing
the armature circuit of an electric motor for dynamic braking purposes, which
may incidentally provide for dissipation of magnetic energy stored
in the armature or primary winding circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 104 for systems including electromagnets or other highly
inductive devices. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 212 for means for discharging static electrical charges
in general, and subclass 123 for electric circuits for
electromagnets in general, in which means may be provided
for dissipating the stored magnetic energy. |
|
| | |
| 493 | CONTROL OF BOTH ARMATURE (OR PRIMARY) CIRCUIT
AND FIELD (OR SECONDARY) CIRCUIT: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature or primary circuit of the motor and also for controlling
the field or the secondary circuit of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The above means may include a single control
means (e.g., potentiometer type
rheostat connected so as to be simultaneously in the field circuit
and the armature circuit of a motor) or it may include
a separate control means in each of the circuits of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 78, | for plural motor systems having combined armature
or primary circuit control for running-speed control. |
| 92, | for plural motor systems having combined armature
or primary circuit control with field or secondary circuit control
for acceleration control. |
| 153, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for motor systems having combined control of the generator and of
the motor in a generator-fed motor systems, including
such systems having control of the field or secondary circuit of
the motor. |
| 215, | and the subclass specified in the Notes thereto
for motor systems having combined primary and secondary circuits
control for an induction motor systems. |
| 527, | for motor systems having means for connecting one
or more circuit windings in series with the armature or primary
circuit. |
| 700, | and 705, and the subclass specified in the
Note to the definition of that subclass for motor systems having
combined armature or primary control and field circuit control for
a synchronous motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 45 for combined control of the armature or primary
circuit and the field circuit of electric generators. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 801+ , 803+ and 826+ for single
motor running-speed control systems; and subclasses
843 and 849+ for single motor acceleration control systems; wherein
the energization of a field winding, or of both a field
winding and an armature winding, is controlled. |
|
| | |
| 494 | ARMATURE (OR PRIMARY) CIRCUIT CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the armature or primary circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 82, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for this subject matter in plural motor systems having running-speed
control. |
| 94, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having acceleration control. |
| 104, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having starting and/or stopping control. |
| 105, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having plural sources of operational supply for the motors. |
| 111, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having series-parallel connected motors. |
| 112, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having parallel-connected motors. |
| 113, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having series connected motors. |
| 126, | for this subject matter where the control is of
the energizing circuit of a reciprocating or oscillating motor. |
| 139, | for this subject matter where the motor is supplied
by primary or secondary batteries. |
| 140, | for this subject matter where the motor is supplied
by an electric generator, the generator output being controlled
to control the motor. |
| 246, | for this subject matter where the motor is a series
motor. |
| 254.1, | and 254.2, for this subject matter where
the motor is a self-commutated impulse or reluctance motor. |
| 287, | for this subject matter for the control of motor-reversing
systems. |
| 373, | for this subject matter where the control is for "plugging" or
is the application of reverse power to the motor for braking the
motor. |
| 375, | for this subject matter where the control is for
dynamic braking of the motor. |
| 400.1, | through 400.42, for motor commutation control systems. |
| 430, | for this subject matter where the armature current
is controlled during the starting or stopping period. |
| 432, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to maintain the armature current approximately constant. |
| 434, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to prevent the armature current from either exceeding a maximum
value or diminishing below a minimum value. |
| 436, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means for energizing a motor while not in motion. |
| 438, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to the power factor of the armature or line circuit. |
| 440, | for this subject matter where there are plural sources
of supply for a single motor. |
| 474, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for this subject matter where the
system has automatic means to control the armature circuit or has means
to effect a time delay in the operation of the armature circuit
control means. |
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Search Notes
thereto, for armature or primary circuit control of an
electric motor combined with the field or secondary control thereof. |
| 720, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass where the motor is a synchronous motor. |
| 767, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass where the motor is an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 809+ , 816+, 828+, and 830+ for
control of the armature circuit only in single motor running-speed
control systems with, and without, feedback respectively; and
subclasses 844+ and 853+ for similar control in
single motor acceleration control systems. |
|
| | |
| 495 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled, armature
or primary windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which two or more armature or primary
windings are provided on the motor and (1) in
which one or more of the windings are substantially different structurally
from one or more others of the windings (including being
different with respect to composition of winding, arrangement
or shape of the winding, or physical dimensions thereof) or (2) in
which one or more of the windings are controlled substantially differently
from one or more others of the windings (including control
at different time, different degrees of excitation, different kinds
or types of energizing currents, or polarized differently).
| | (1)
Note. As examples only, the following windings, are
considered plural, diverse or diversely controlled windings
within the meaning of this class: (I) Structurally unitary
winding in which connections are made to conduct current from a
point intermediate the ends thereof to either end selectively or
to both ends simultaneously, regardless of the relative
polarity of the individual turns of the winding or the number of
turns thereof on either side of the intermediate point of connection. (II) Structurally
unitary winding in which some of the turns thereof are polarized
differently from some of the other turns. |
| | (2)
Note. As examples only, the following windings
are not considered plural, diverse or diversely controlled
windings within the meaning of this class: (I) Structurally
unitary windings in which all turns are polarized relatively the
same (as determined when a polarizing current is conducted
from one end of the winding to the other) and in which: (a) External
connections are made so that current can be conducted through the
winding from a point of the winding to one or more other points
in the same direction along the winding, or (b) External
connections are made to conduct current through the winding from
any point of the winding to another point thereof and means are
provided to shunt or by-pass the current around one or
more turns intermediate the points at which the above external connections
are made; (II) Structurally independent
windings which are physically separated from each other but which
in all other respects are not substantially different or are not controlled
substantially differently with respect to each other. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 122, | for this subject matter where the motors are reciprocating
or oscillating motors having plural windings. |
| 288, | for this subject matter in motor reversing systems
where the motors have plural armature or primary windings. |
| 770, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to those
subclasses for this subject matter where the motors are induction
motors having plural primary windings. |
| 781, | for this subject matter where the motors are single
phase motors having auxiliary primary windings for starting and/or
running purposes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 127 for dynamoelectric devices having two or more current collecting
means, such as commutators or sets of slip rings, connected
to different windings of the devices. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 90 for generator systems where the generator has plural armature
circuits or windings. |
|
| | |
| 496 | Polyphase windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Subject matter in which the armature or primary windings
comprises two or more windings or sections thereof, one
or more of which are displaced in space relation to one or more others
of the windings and which windings or sections thereof are designed
and adapted to be connected to a polyphase source of supply (i.e., two
or more sources of alternating current having the same frequency
and being displaced in time phase relation to each other).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having plural induction motors of the polyphase type having synchronizing
connections between their secondaries. |
| 49, | for this subject matter in plural motor systems
having plural motors connected in cascade or tandem, one
of which motors generally being an induction motor of the polyphase type. |
| 121, | for this subject matter where the motor is a reciprocating
or oscillating motor which is provided with polyphase windings to
produce a progressing or traveling motor field flux. |
| 123, | for this subject matter where the motor is a reciprocating
or oscillating type motor having polyphase windings. |
| 289, | for this subject matter in motor reversing systems
having means for reversing the phases of the polyphase supply. |
| 700, | for synchronous motor systems many of which are
polyphase motors. |
| 768, | 771 and 781, for this subject matter in induction
motor systems where the motor is provided with split-phase
or polyphase windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 132 for polyphase armature windings for plural collector dynamoelectric
machines. |
|
| | |
| 497 | Series-parallel: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the several armature or primary windings in series circuit relationship
with respect to each other at one time and in parallel circuit relationship
with respect to each other at another time; or for connecting
two or more of the windings in parallel circuit relationship with
respect to each other and for, simultaneously, connecting
two or more of the windings in series circuit relationship with
respect to each other.
| | (1)
Note. One of the windings in a parallel connected
group may constitute one of the windings in the series connected group
as, for example, where one armature or primary
winding may be parallel connected windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 111, | and the subclasses specified in the definition of
that subclass for series parallel connections of armature or primary
circuits of two or more motors, i.e., the
motors are connected in series-parallel relationships with respect
to each other. |
| 771, | for this subject matter in induction motor control
systems wherein the polyphase windings may be connected in delta-star
relationships. |
|
| | |
| 498 | Energized or controlled in predetermined sequence: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
or controlling a predetermined one of the windings and for, subsequently, energizing
or controlling another winding (i.e., for energizing
or controlling the windings in a predetermined order or sequence
which means may, however, be adjustable so as
to change from one predetermined order or sequence to another predetermined
order or sequence).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 91, | for motor systems for accelerating two or more motors
in succession or selectively, which includes accelerating
the motors in a predetermined sequence. |
| 102, | for motor systems for starting and/or stopping
plural motors in sequence or in succession, which includes
starting and/or stopping motors in a predetermined order
or sequence. |
|
| | |
| 499 | Wound or energized in magnetic opposition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
one or more windings or turns so as to produce a magnetic flux in
one direction and for energizing one or more other windings or turns
so as to produce a flux (in the magnetic circuit of the
first named windings or turns) in a direction opposite
to the first named direction.
| | (1)
Note. The windings or turns may be energized or
controlled concurrently or at different times. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 48, | for motor systems having mechanically coupled motors
energized in torque opposition. |
| 290, | for motor reversing systems in which motors having
oppositely wound windings are selectively energized. |
| 293, | for motor systems having means for reversing the
polarity of the current supplied to a single armature winding in
order to reverse a motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 65 for generator systems having a generator with differentially
wound field windings. |
|
| | |
| 500 | Plural sources of voltage (including counter e.m.f. cells): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which two or more sources of electromotive
force are connected in series, parallel, or series-parallel-circuit
relationship with respect to each other and in which one or more
of the sources are different in structure or are differently controlled (e.g., with
respect to time, magnitude of control, mode of
interconnection, etc.) from one or more
others of the sources so as to control the resultant voltage applied
to the motor armature.
| | (1)
Note. Idly running electric motors or electrolytic
cells, for example, which are connected in series
with a source of potential and armature circuit of the motor so
as to develop or generate a counter-electromotive force
are included herein. |
| | (2)
Note. Voltage drops across impedance devices merely
connected in series with the motor, or the counter-electromotive forces
developed within the motor armature winding are not included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 105, | for motor systems having plural diverse sources
of supply for plural motors. |
| 149, | for this subject matter in generator-fed motor
systems having plural controlled generators, generators
being in the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
| 248, | for series-motor systems having plural sources
of voltage including plural sources connected in the armature or primary
circuit. |
| 293, | for this subject matter in systems having opposed
sources of supply in the armature circuit of the motor to determine
the direction of current flow therethrough (polarity) for
reversing the motor. |
| 440, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for this subject matter where there
are a plurality of diverse or diversely controlled sources of supply. If
there is no significant diverse characteristics of the sources claimed
or no different control of the sources claimed, the patent
is classified in subclass 500 and not in subclass 440. |
|
| | |
| 501 | By shunting armature or primary winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for shunting
or short-circuiting in whole or in part the armature or
primary winding of a motor by a conductor or circuit of low impedance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 379, | for this subject matter where the system has means
for short-circuiting a motor armature winding in order
to dynamically brake the motor. |
| 528, | and the subclasses specified in Notes thereto for
motor systems having means for shunting or short-circuiting a
motor field winding. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 91 generator systems for shunting or short-circuiting
an armature winding. |
|
| | |
| 502 | Variable length or tapped armature winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for varying or
changing the effective length of the armature or primary winding
of an electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 501, | for this subject matter where the effective length
is varied by short-circuiting part of the winding. |
| 531, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having variable length field windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 93 for generator systems having a tapped or sectionalized armature
winding. |
|
| | |
| 503 | Frequency or pulsation control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the frequency, or the rate of pulsations, of the
current supplied to the armature or primary circuit of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Where means are provided for merely repeatedly
making and braking the armature or primary circuit, see
subclass 519, below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49, | for plural motor systems having cascaded or tandem
connected motors in which the frequency of the current supplied
to the second motor depends on the slip of the first or preceding motor (i.e., the
motor having its primary circuit connected to the AC supply circuit). |
| 129, | for oscillating or reciprocating motor systems in
which the speed of operation of the motors is controlled by controlling
the frequency of the current or current pulses supplied to the motors. |
| 148, | for generator-fed motor systems which have
an alternating current generator, the speed or frequency
output of the generator being controlled. |
| 807, | for induction motor systems wherein the frequency
of the current to the primary circuit is varied. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants, appropriate subclasses for means for controlling
the speed and frequency of alternators by controlling the speed
of a nonelectric prime mover which drives the alternator. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, appropriate subclasses for generating systems in
which the frequency of the generated current is controlled. |
| 331, | Oscillators,
subclass 36 for oscillators for supplying alternating current of
variable or fixed frequency to circuits of general application. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclass 157 for frequency conversion systems for controlling
the frequency applied to load circuits in general. |
|
| | |
| 504 | Voltage control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling
the magnitude of the voltage supplied to the armature or primary
circuit of the motor being controlled.
| | (1)
Note. When the voltage is controlled by means of
impedance means (such as space-discharge devices, resistors, inductors
and capacitors merely connected in series or in parallel, but
not in series and in parallel simultaneously-,) which
do not form a voltage divider with respect to the motor armature, classification
is not herein, but in some other subclass herein below.
Note subclasses 505 and 508. |
| | (2)
Note. Where voltage is controlled only by means
of circuit making and breaking of the armature or primary circuit, classification
is not herein but is in subclass 519 below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49, | for plural motor systems having cascade or tandem
connected motors in which the voltage supplied to the second motor
depends on the speed or slip of the first motor. |
| 139, | for motor systems in which primary or secondary-batteries
are employed to supply to armature current. |
| 140, | for generator-fed motor systems wherein
the generator is controlled to control the current supplied to the motor
armature. |
| 500, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto
for this subject matter where the voltage control is effected by
a plurality of sources of supply for the armature circuit. |
| 505, | see Note 1 above with respect to space-discharge
devices in the primary circuit. |
| 508, | see Note 1 above with respect to impedances in the
primary circuit. |
| 519, | see Note 2 above. |
| 812, | for primary circuit voltage control in induction
motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 290, | Prime-Mover Dynamo Plants, appropriate subclasses for variable voltage generating
systems having nonelectric prime mover control. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 129 for variable voltage rotary converters, per
se. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclass for a variable voltage supply for
a battery or condenser charging or discharging system. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, appropriate subclasses, for variable voltage
generating system, per se. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 220 through 354for variable voltage supply systems, per
se. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 13+ and the subclasses mentioned in the notes thereto
for variable voltage current conversion systems. |
|
| | |
| 505 | By means to space-discharge devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which a space-discharge device
is connected in series or in parallel with the armature or primary
circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 132, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems having
space-discharge devices in the input circuit thereto. |
| 400.1, | through 400.42, for synchronous motor commutation control systems. |
| 504, | for this subject matter where one or more space-discharge
devices is a part of or forms a voltage converter (divider). |
| 508, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
other motor systems having an impedance device in the armature or
primary circuit of the electric motor. |
| 786, | 800, and 807, for this subject
matter where the motor is an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, appropriate subclasses, for miscellaneous
systems for controlling gas or vapor filled space-discharge
devices. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 227 and 291 for electric space discharge device systems
for voltage magnitude control. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous space discharge
device circuits. |
|
| | |
| 506 | Plural, diverse or diversely connected or controlled
space-discharge devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 505. Subject matter in which a plurality of space-discharge
devices are provided, the principal electrodes of at least
one of which devices are connected to the armature or primary circuit
of the motor, and in which one of the space-discharge
devices is structurally different or is connected or arranged or
controlled differently than the other of the space-discharge
devices.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 504, | for this subject matter where the space-discharge
devices are a part of or form a voltage converter (divider). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 227 and 291 for electric space discharge device systems
for voltage magnitude control involving plural space discharge devices. |
|
| | |
| 507 | Having discharge-control means (e.g., grids): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 505. Subject matter in which the space-discharge device
includes a cathode, and anode, and (a) an
electrostatic element (e.g., a
control grid) which is adapted to have an electric potential established
between it and the cathode, or (b) a magnetic-field
producing means; wherein the elements (a), (b) are
positioned relative to the cathode and anode so as to control the
space-current flow between the cathode and the anode.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 227 and 291, for electric space discharge
device systems for voltage magnitude control having discharge controlled
device (e.g., grid) control. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous electric space
discharge device circuits having a control electrode and
subclasses 510+ for such circuits which are magnetically effected. |
|
| | |
| 508 | Impedance-controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
one or more impedance devices (e.g., resistors, reactors, capacitors) in
series and/or in parallel to the armature or primary circuit
of an electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 96, | for this subject matter in acceleration control
systems for plural motors. |
| 133, | for this subject matter in reciprocating and oscillating
motor systems. |
| 249, | for this subject matter in series motors systems. |
| 380, | for this subject matter in motor systems for dynamic
braking. |
| 505, | and subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having space-discharge devices in the armature
or primary circuit of the motor. |
| 751, | 784, 785, and 794, for
impedance-type phase converter or dephasing means for adapting
an induction motor for operation from a single phase source of supply. |
| 784, | 794, 804, and 814, for
this subject matter in induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 364 for circuit control in general by means of impedances. |
|
| | |
| 509 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled impedances: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter in which there are provided a plurality of
impedance devices each of which is directly connected in the armature
or primary circuit of the motor and in which one of the impedance
devices is structurally different, differently controlled
or connected than another of the impedances.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 504, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
voltage conversion (e.g., voltage
dividers, etc.) in motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 364 for plural impedance networks, per se. |
|
| | |
| 510 | Including both reactor and condenser: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 509. Subject matter in which the impedances comprise a reactor
and a capacitor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 355 through 363for circuit impedance systems including both a
reactor and a capacitor. |
| 334, | Tuners, appropriate subclasses for tuned networks for use
in wave energy apparatus and comprising inductance and capacitance
elements in circuit arrangement to form a resonant circuit and in
which structure is provided for adjusting one or both of these elements
for changing the mean resonant frequency of the circuit. |
|
| | |
| 511 | Inherently or self-variable impedance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter in which the impedance device is of the type
in which the impedance of the device inherently changes appreciably
in magnitude (e.g., with mere
lapse of time, change in potential applied thereto or current
flowing therethrough, change in temperature or physical
pressure applied thereto, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. Impedances such as reactors and condensers
whose value of impedance changes in consequence merely of a change
in the frequency of the electric energy supplied thereto are not
included herein. Should the impedance of these devices
change inherently, however, with the frequency
remaining constant, classification is herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 767, | for motor systems having inherently variable impedance
devices in the primary circuit of an induction motor. See
particularly subclasses 788, 796, 797, 804, 815, and
892. |
| 821, | for motor systems having a inherently variable impedance
device in the secondary circuit of an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 364 for miscellaneous impedance systems. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclass 30 for adjustable induction apparatus designed to
have its impedance automatically controlled in response to a condition, and
subclass 155 for the structure of inductive regulators (of the
saturable or high leakage reactance type) having no movable
adjustable feature. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclass 2 for strain gauge type electrical resistors, and
subclass 13 for electrical resistors whose value changes in response
to a condition. |
|
| | |
| 512 | Inductive reactor controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter in which the impedance device comprises a
reactor or choke coil.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 355 for impedance networks including reactors. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses for the structure of inductive reactors
and transformers. |
|
| | |
| 513 | Having auxiliary means for saturating reactor core: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 512. Subject matter in which auxiliary means are provided for
saturating the magnetic core or a part thereof of the reactor.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an auxiliary winding on
the reactor combined with means for supplying either AC or DC current thereto
sufficiently to magnetically saturate the core, would be
included herein. Merely increasing the current through the
usual winding on the reactor until the core becomes saturated, is
not included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 206 , 249, 302, 310, and
329 for systems wherein saturable reactors are used for control
purposes. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclass 155 for the structure of inductive regulators of the saturable
or high reactance type, which have no movable adjustable feature. |
|
| | |
| 514 | Resistor-controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter in which the impedance device comprises a
resistor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 509, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto, for
this subject matter where the impedances comprise a plurality of
resistors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 295 through 298for control systems in general which include resistors
as the controlling element. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors, appropriate subclasses, for electrical
resistors, per se. |
|
| | |
| 515 | Having short-circuiting means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 514. Subject matter in which means are provided for short circuiting
the resistor in whole or in substantial part by a conductor of negligible
resistance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 83 , for generation systems in which means
are provided for short-circuiting the field circuit resistors. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 295 through 298, for control systems in general which
include short circuited resistors as the controlling element. |
|
| | |
| 516 | Short-circuited step-by-step: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Subject matter in which means are provided for short circuiting
different sections or portions of the resistor at different times (i.e., without going
through all intermediate and infinitesimal values of resistance).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 85 for generator field circuit control by means of
resistors with means to short circuit the resistors step by step. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 297 for control systems in general which include resistors
which are short circuited step by step as the controlling element. |
|
| | |
| 519 | By armature or primary circuit-making and/or
breaking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Subject matter in which means are provided for making and/or
breaking the armature or primary circuit of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Circuit Making and/or Breaking
Device of the class definition for the definition of "circuit
making and/or breaking" as used in this class. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 101, | for plural motor systems having starting and or
stopping means for the motor which comprise mainly circuit making
and or breaking of the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
| 134, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems having
means for making and or breaking the line or supply circuit to the
motor. |
| 264, | for automatic starting and or stopping of a motor
combined with some other motor operation control, wherein
the starting and stopping is generally effected by armature or primary
circuit making and or breaking. |
| 272, | see the reference to subclass 264, above. |
| 275, | see the reference to subclass 264, above. |
| 277, | see the reference to subclass 264, above. |
| 374, | for motor braking systems by means of "plugging" (i.e., application
of reverse power to a forwardly running motor) in which
the armature or primary circuit is opened substantially at the moment
that the motor reaches zero speed. |
| 443, | for periodically or repetitiously starting an electric
motor by opening and closing the motor circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, all subclasses for the structure of circuit makers
and breakers. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 96 for intermittent regulatory interruption of an
electrical system, and subclass 112 for switching systems. |
| 314, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Consumable
Electrodes,
subclasses 72 through 74for switch controlled motor circuits in electric motor
feeding mechanisms for discharge electrodes. |
| 320, | Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging
or Discharging, appropriate subclass for a battery or condenser charging
or discharging system that includes circuit making or breaking. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 69 for means for making and/or breaking the
field circuit of an electric generator. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 139+ for relay circuits in which an electric circuit
is generally made and/or broken and for electron magnetic
switching systems in general. |
|
| | |
| 520 | Electromagnetically actuated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Subject matter in which the circuit making and/or
breaking means are provided with electromagnetically operating means
for operating the circuit making and/or breaking means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclass 2 for the structure of electromagnetic switches. |
|
| | |
| 521 | FIELD OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for controlling (1) the
electric circuit which is connected to the magnetic-flux
producing means of the motor, or (2) the
electric circuit which is connected to the secondary (i.e., induced) member
of an alternating current motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 81, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the speed of one or more electric motors relative to the speed of
one or more other electric motors by controlling the field or secondary
circuit of one or more of the motors. |
| 84, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the speed of two or more electric motors by controlling the field
or secondary circuits of the motors. |
| 89, | for braking systems in plural motor systems in which
one or more of the motors are converted into exciters for supplying
field excitation to the remaining motors during the braking period. |
| 97, | for plural motor systems having means for controlling
the field or secondary circuit of one or more electric motors for
controlling the acceleration of two or more motors. |
| 100, | for plural motor systems having field or secondary
circuit control of the motors to effect a fixed or predetermined
ratio of load or current division between the motors. |
| 153, | for generator-fed motor systems having
combined control of generator field circuit and of the field circuit
of the motor supplied by the generator. |
| 190, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of those subclasses for synchronous motor systems in
which means are provided for controlling the field circuit of the motor. |
| 232, | for induction motor systems having secondary circuit
control of the motor. |
| 246, | for motor systems in which the motor is connected
to run as a series motor and in which substantially all circuit control
affects the field excitation. |
| 296, | for this subject matter in motor reversing systems. |
| 381, | for dynamic braking motor systems in which there
is field circuit control when the armature circuit is locally closed (e.g., short
circuited). |
| 493, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having field circuit control combined with armature
or primary circuit control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 59 for field circuit control of electric generators. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 801+ and 826+ for single motor running-speed
control systems; and subclasses 843 and 849+ for
single motor acceleration control systems; wherein the
energization of a field winding, or of both a field winding
and an armature winding, is controlled. |
|
| | |
| 523 | Plural, diverse or diversely connected or controlled
field windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which the motor is provided with two or
more field-producing windings one or more of which are
different structurally, connected differently, or
controlled differently or by different means, than one
or more others of the motors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 252, | for this subject matter in series-motor systems. |
| 297, | for this subject matter in motor reversing systems. |
| 495, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems where the motor has plural armature or primary windings. |
| 700, | for this subject matter in synchronous motors systems. |
| 818, | for this subject matter in induction motors systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 63 for generator systems where the generator has plural field
windings. |
|
| | |
| 524 | Convertible number-of-poles type (e.g., 4-pole
or 6-pole): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for establishing
one number of field poles at one time and another number at another
time (e.g., 4-pole
and 6-poles).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 704, | for this subject matter in synchronous motor systems. |
| 773, | for this subject matter in induction motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 62 for generator systems, having a generator
having a convertible number of sets of poles. |
|
| | |
| 525 | Differentially wound or energized windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
one or more field producing windings, turns, or
conductors, so as to produce a magnetic field in one direction
in a magnetic path, and for energizing one or more other windings, turns, or
conductors so as to produce a magnetic field in the opposite direction
in the same magnetic path either at the same time or at different
times.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 499, | and subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having a motor with plural armature or primary windings
wound in magnetic opposition. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 64 , for generator systems having a generator
with plural, differentially related, field windings. |
|
| | |
| 526 | Series-parallel: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
the several field windings or conductors in series-circuit
relationship with respect to each other at one time and in parallel-circuit
relationship with respect to each other at another time, or
for connecting two or more of the windings in series circuit relationship
and two or more windings in parallel circuit relationship with respect
to each other all at the same time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 111, | for systems having means for connecting two or more
motors in series-parallel circuit relationships. |
| 497, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for connecting plural armature or primary
circuit windings of a motor in series-parallel circuit
relationships. |
|
| | |
| 527 | Series field winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for connecting
one or more of the field windings in series with the armature or
primary circuit of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244, | for alternating-current commutating motors
wherein it is common to have a field winding connected in series with
the armature or primary circuit of the motor. |
| 246, | for series motors, in general, in
which a field winding is connected in series with the armature or
primary circuit of the motor. |
| 493, | for motor systems having both field circuit control
and armature circuit control. |
|
| | |
| 528 | With means to short circuit a field winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for short circuiting
a field winding in whole or in part with a conductor of substantially
negligible resistance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 299, | for this subject matter in motor reversing system. |
| 501, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for short-circuiting an armature
or primary winding in whole or in part. |
| 700, | for synchronous motor systems having means for short-circuiting
the field winding during the starting period of motor operation. |
| 818, | for means for short-circuiting the secondary
winding of an induction motor for short-circuiting impedances
in the secondary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 68 for generator systems having means for short circuiting a
field winding. |
|
| | |
| 529 | Selectively energized: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Subject matter in which means are provided for energizing
one or more of the field windings or conductors without energizing
one or more others.
| | (1)
Note. The means may be operative at times to also
energize all of the windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 524, | for this subject matter where the motor is of the
convertible number of poles type (e.g., convertible
from 4 to 6 pole). |
| 528, | for this subject matter where the system includes
means to short-circuit a field winding. |
| 819, | for induction motor systems in which means are provided
for varying the effective number of conductors or turns in the secondary
of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 530 | Plural, diverse or diversely connected or controlled
sources of field circuit voltage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which there are provided two or more sources
of voltage for the motor field circuit, one or more of
such sources being different structurally, differently
connected or differently controlled than one or more others of the
sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 500, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems, in which the armature or primary circuit of
the motor is provided with two or more sources of supply. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 86 for generator systems wherein two or more voltage sources
are provided for the field circuit of the generator. |
|
| | |
| 531 | Variable length or tapped field winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which means are provided for tapping or
otherwise varying the active length of a field winding.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 523, | for motor systems having plural field windings where
the windings are selectively or partially energized. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 71 for generator control systems in which means are
provided for tapping or otherwise varying the effective length of
the generator field winding. |
|
| | |
| 532 | By means of space-discharge device in field circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which the principal electrodes (e.g., cathode
and anode) of a space-discharge device is connected
to the field winding circuit of an electric motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 505, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having space-discharge devices in the armature
or primary circuit of the electric motor. |
| 818, | for space-discharge devices in the secondary
circuit of an induction motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 315, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, appropriate subclasses for means for controlling
and supplying electric energy to gas-filled space-discharge
devices, per se. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 72 for generator systems having the generator field
circuit controlled by means of space discharge devices. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 227 and 291 for electric space discharge device systems
for voltage magnitude control. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous control
circuits wherein a space discharge device is the controlling element. |
|
| | |
| 533 | Impedance-controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which impedance devices are provided in
the field circuit of a motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 249, | for series motor systems having impedance devices
either in series or in parallel to the series field winding. |
| 532, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
field control by means of space-discharge devices. |
| 700, | for this subject matter in synchronous motor systems. |
| 821, | for induction motor systems having impedance devices
in the secondary circuit thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 75 for generation systems having impedance devices
in the field circuit of the generator. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 364 for miscellaneous circuit control by means of impedances. |
|
| | |
| 534 | Plural, diverse or diversely connected or controlled
field circuit impedances: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 533. Subject matter in which two or more impedances are provided
in the field circuit; one or more of which are structurally
different or are differently controlled or controlled by means which
are different with respect to each other, than one or more
others of the impedances.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 509, | and the subclasses specified in Notes thereto, for
motor systems having the armature or primary circuit controlled by
means of plural impedance devices. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 76 for generator systems having the generator field
circuit controlled by means of plural impedances. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 220 through 354for miscellaneous load control by means of impedance
devices including plural impedances. |
|
| | |
| 535 | Wheatstone bridge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Subject matter in which the several impedances are connected
in a Wheatstone bridge (i.e., four-arm) arrangement
with respect to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 77 for Wheatstone bridge arrangements of impedances
in the field circuit of generators. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclass 365 for Wheatstone bridge arrangements of impedances
in general. |
| 333, | Wave Transmission Lines and Networks,
subclass 169 for wave filters of the Wheatstone bridge or lattice type. |
|
| | |
| 536 | By field circuit making and/or breaking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter in which means are provided for physically
making and/or breaking the field circuit of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Circuit Making and/or Breaking
Device, of the class definition for a definition of "Circuit
making and breaking". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 519, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for making and/or breaking the
armature or primary circuit of the electric motor. |
| 529, | for motor systems where the motor has a plurality
of field windings and means are provided for selectively energizing
the field windings thereby generally necessitating the making and/or
breaking of the circuit to one or more of the windings. |
| 705, | for synchronous motors starting as repulsion or
induction motors wherein means are provided for connecting or disconnecting
the field exciting means. |
| 716, | for this subject matter in synchronous motors systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 69 for generator systems having means for making and/or breaking
the field circuit of an electric generator. |
|
| | |
| 537 | Intermittently operated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter in which means are provided for making and
breaking the circuit intermittently or repetitiously.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclasses 19.01 through 19.4for structure of periodic switches, per
se. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 96 for intermittent regulatory interruption of an
electrical system, and subclass 132 for periodically or
repetitiously making and breaking an electric circuit. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 70 for generator systems having periodic or repetitious circuit
making and/or breaking of the field circuit of an electric
generator. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclass 87 for electromagnetically operated periodic switches. |
|
| | |
| 538 | MOTOR STRUCTURE ADJUSTMENT OR CONTROL: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which means are provided for relatively
moving one or more structural elements of a motor relative to one
or more other structural elements of an electric motor.
| | (1)
Note. Mere motion of the working element of the
motor relative to other parts of the motor as a result of normal
excitation of the motor during the normal working cycle thereof
are not included herein. |
| | (2)
Note. Where a motor having one type of normal working
motion (e.g., rotary) also
has another type of motion (e.g., axial
movement) for producing some useful external work (e.g., operating
a clutch lever to clutch the motor to some work load, but
wherein the clutch is not claimed, but the several types
of motions of the motor are claimed), classification is
not herein but in some other appropriate subclass. See
subclass 115. However, where a motor having one
type of useful work motion, also has another type of movement
of the working element for regulatory or control purposes for the
motor, classification is in this subclass (538). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for motor systems having a motor having plural, diverse
types of motion of the working element of the motor. See (2) Note
above. |
| 136, | for motor systems having auxiliary means for producing
mechanical torque on the working element of a motor during the starting
or accelerating period. |
| 159, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for motor systems having means for biassing
the rotary working element of the motor against angular movement. |
| 437, | for phasing, or angular or linear position
control of a motor wherein a motor element may be moved without energizing
the motor. |
| 491, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes thereto, for
this subject matter where the system also includes means for controlling
the motor circuits. |
| 830, | for this subject matter in induction motors systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, appropriate subclasses for structure of the motor, per
se. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 49 for generator systems which are controlled by adjusting
or varying the magnetic structure of the generator; see
subclass 54 for generator systems wherein the generator control
involves the current collecting mechanism. |
| 388, | Electricity: Motor Control Systems,
subclasses 835+ for single motor running-speed control
systems having combined control of motor structure and motor circuit. |
|
| | |
| 539 | Both armature and field structures rotatable or adjustable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Subject matter in which means are provided for moving or
permitting to move, both the armature or primary member
of the motor and the field or secondary member of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 115 for structure of a motor in which both the field
and armature are incorporated in separate rotary elements. |
|
| | |
| 540 | Rotor element movable axially: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Subject matter in which means are provided for relatively
moving the rotor element axially (i.e., along
the axis about which the motor revolves) with respect to
the remainder of the motor structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for motor systems having a motor having plural, diverse
types of motion which commonly include axial movement. See (2) Note
to the definition of subclass 538 for the distinction between the
subclass and subclass 115. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 51 for generator systems wherein the generator is
controlled by moving or adjusting the rotor element axially. |
|
| | |
| 541 | Brush or other current-collector control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Subject matter in which means are provided for moving or
adjusting the brushes or other current-collector or current-transfer
means of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 229 for dynamoelectric devices in which a current collecting brush
is caused to traverse across the surface of the cooperating collector element
transverse to the direction of motion therebetween; subclass
230 for current collecting brushes which are circumferentially adjusted
upon the reversal of direction of motion of a dynamoelectric device; subclass
241 for means for circumferentially adjusting normally fixed brush
holders. |
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 54 for generator systems having generator control
by means of movable or adjustable brushes particularly subclass
55 wherein the brushes are movable or adjustable circumferentially. |
|
| | |
| 543 | THREE-OR-MORE-POSITIONS MOTOR CONTROLLER
SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which the electric motor is controlled
or regulated by a controller having three or more definite positions
of control in which the degree or magnitude or kind of control at
any one position differs substantially from that which is obtained
when the controller is in either of at least two of the other positions.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 469 for miscellaneous control lever and linkage systems. |
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclasses 1 through 18,19.06+ for multiple contact circuit makers
and breakers. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 112 for miscellaneous switching systems. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclass 106 for electromagnetically operated switches of the
plural contact type. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclass 68 for mechanically variable electrical resistors, and
especially subclass 185 for mechanically variable electrical resistors
having intervening connectors between the contact and resistance element (e.g., taps) so
that the resistance value changes in steps. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 139 for miscellaneous relay circuits. |
|
| | |
| 544 | With other motor control device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which a three-or-more-position
controller is combined with some other motor control device between
which there is some particular inter-relationship; such
as, for example, a predetermined sequence of operation, a
mechanical or electrical interlock, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 53, | and 255, for plural diverse motor operations
control systems in which it is common to have a three-or-more-position
controller combined with some other controller wherein each controller
effects a different motor operation, see subclass 53 for
plural motor systems and subclass 255 for miscellaneous motor systems. |
| 255, | see the reference to subclass 53 above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 471 and 479.01 for miscellaneous control lever
and linkage systems having plural controlled elements or plural
controlling elements, respectively. |
|
| | |
| 545 | Main line switch: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which the three-or-more-position
controller is combined with a main line or armature or primary circuit
switch.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 62, | 264, 272, 275, and 277
for plural diverse motor operations control systems which include
automatic starting and/or stopping which is usually effected
by circuit maker and breaker in the main line circuit to the motor, see
subclass |
| 62, | for plural motor systems, |
| 264, | 272, 275, and 277 for miscellaneous motor
systems having plural diverse motor operations. |
|
| | |
| 546 | Plural, diverse or diversely controlled controllers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which two or more three-or-more-position
controllers are provided for controlling one or more motors, one
of the controllers being different structurally or being differently
controlled than another of the controllers. |
| | |
| 547 | Plural control stations: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter in which a plurality of means are provided
for controlling the motor controllers, which means are
positioned physically apart so as to constitute two stations or
locations from which the operation of the controllers may be controlled. |
| | |
| 548 | Plural control stations: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which a plurality of means are provided
for controlling the operation of a three-or-more-position
motor controller, which means are positioned physically
apart so as to constitute a plurality of stations or locations from
which the operation of the controllers may be controlled.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 547, | for this subject matter where the systems include
plural controllers. |
|
| | |
| 549 | Return to "off", "starting" or "neutral" positions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which means are provided for returning
the controller, or which make it necessary that the controller
be returned, substantially completely or fully to the "off", "starting", or "neutral" position
after having been operated or started from such positions in a previous
operation before it can become effective in controlling a subsequent
motor operation. |
| | |
| 550 | Power-operated controllers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 549. Subject matter in which motive power means are provided
for operating the three-or-more-position
controller through part or all of its path of travel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 552, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto, for other motor systems having power-operated
motor controllers. |
|
| | |
| 551 | Knee- or foot-operated controllers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which means are provided for operating
the three-or-more-position controllers
by knee or by foot of the operator.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 512 and 515 and the subclasses specified in the notes
thereto, for miscellaneous foot-and-knee-operated
control levers and linkages. |
|
| | |
| 552 | Power-actuated controllers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Subject matter in which motive power means are provided
for operating the three-or-more-position
motor controller through all or part of its path of travel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 550, | for this subject matter where the power operated
controller is provided with means for returning or necessitating
that the controller be returned to its "off", "starting", or "neutral" position. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants, and the classes and subclasses specified in the
notes to this class, for the structure of the power actuating
means, per se. |
| 185, | Motors: Spring, Weight, or
Animal Powered, and the classes and subclasses specified in the
notes to this class, for the structure of the power actuating
means, per se. |
|
| | |
| 553 | Separately actuated controller contacts: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Subject matter in which the three-or-more-position
controller is provided with two or more sets or pairs of electrical
contacts with separate or individual actuators for each set or pair
of contacts. |
| | |
| 554 | Electromagnetic actuated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which one or more of the actuating means
for the sets or pairs of contacts are electromagnets (including
electric motors).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 555, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto, for
other motor systems having electromagnetic actuating means for three-or-more-position motor
controllers. |
|
| | |
| 555 | Electromagnetic actuated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Subject matter in which one or more of the actuators are
electromagnets (including electric motors).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 554, | for this subject matter where there is electromagnetic
actuating means for separately or individually actuated controller
contacts. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets, appropriate subclasses for electromagnetically operated
switches, per se. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 139 for miscellaneous relay and electromagnet circuits. |
|
| | |
| 556 | Reciprocating or oscillating electromagnetic means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter in which the electromagnetic actuating means
comprise an electromagnetic means having a reciprocating or oscillating type
of motor for its operating or working member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 119, | for miscellaneous motor systems in which the motor, which
is the load device in the system, is a reciprocating or
oscillating type of motor. |
| 557, | for motor systems having other means for operating
a three-or-more-position motor controller
intermittently or step-by-step. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 15 for reciprocating motors, and subclass
36 for oscillating motors. |
|
| | |
| 557 | Intermittent or step-by-step operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter in which the electromagnetic actuating means
is a motor having an intermittent or step-by-step
movement in a single direction of operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 135, | for miscellaneous motor systems in which the motor, which
is the load device in the system, is a linear-movement
motor. |
| 556, | for this subject matter where the motor for actuating
the controller is a reciprocating or oscillating electromagnetic
means (including electric motors). |
|
| | |
| 558 | MISCELLANEOUS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter not classifiable in any of the preceding
subclasses. |
| | |
| 560 | POSITIONAL SERVO SYSTEMS (E.G., SERVOMECHANISMS): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a system which maintains a prescribed
relationship between the position of a member or a function of the
position and the value of a arbitrarily varied command signal by
detecting an error between the actual position of the member or the
actual value of the function of the position and the position or
value commanded by the signal and controlling a motor of the servo
system in response to the detected error.
| | (1)
Note. From the definition set forth above, it
is obvious the systems classified hereinunder are feedback control systems
in which the directly controlled variable is mechanical position
and the terminology employed will generally be that encountered
in the feedback control art. Such feedback controlled
mechanically positioning systems are also known as servo control
or servomechanisms. |
| | (2)
Note. Since Class 318 takes, under the class
definition only electric motor control systems, then a
search, in order to be complete, must in appropriate
situations extend to Class 33, Class 77, Class
91, Class 235, Class 244, Class 250, Class 307, Class
310, Class 327, Class 329, Class 330, Class
340, Class 346, Class 361, and Class
409. |
| | (3)
Note. If a servo system is presented which only
discloses fluid motors and the claims are broad enough to cover either
fluid or electric motors, the appropriate fluid motor class
accepts the application. If the same type system is presented
in which it is disclosed that the motor may be either fluid or electric, Class
318 accepts the application. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 690, | for self-synchronous motor systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 1 through 89for generic data processing control systems, subclasses
90-306 for control systems which are limited by the claims
to a particular process or have a specific utility, and
subclasses 245-264 for robot control. See the
search class note in the class definition of this class (318). |
| 901, | Robots, subcollection 9 for positional servo systems for
robots. |
|
| | |
| 561 | Adaptive or optimizing systems including "bang-bang"
servos: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the system may include means to
measure or evaluate its own performance and automatically adjust
one or more of its parameters in response to a change in internal
or external environmental conditions, or where the system
has been initially designed for optimum performance such as a bang-bang
servo.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an output from the system
may be compared with the output from a desired response model or
computer and the error produced employed to adjust the system gain. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for autopilots with adaptive or optimizing features. |
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 28 through 55for data processing adaptive or optimizing control
systems. |
|
| | |
| 562 | Time-sharing or multiplexing systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the system includes at least one
element or one data-transmission link common to two or
more servo loops and include in each of the loop on either a time sharing
or multiplexing basis.
| | (1)
Note. Included herein are systems in which a single
computer provides command signals for two or more servo systems
on a time sharing basis. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 1.1 through 16.1for communications systems in which a lesser number
of communication lines control plural remote devices and subclasses
870.13 and 870.14 for time division telemetering
of plural transmitters. |
| 370, | Multiplex Communications, appropriate subclasses for multiplex systems. |
|
| | |
| 563 | With protective or reliability increasing features (e.g., "fail-safe"
systems): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. System in which the system includes means to protect or
guard against system failure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 360 for fluid motor systems with fail safe features. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for fail safe circuitry used in conjunction with
autopilots. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 326+ for electrical transmission or interconnection
systems with fail safe or protection features. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 1+ for electrical systems with fail safe features. |
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 79 through 82for protective or reliability features in combination
with a data processing control system. |
| 713, | Electrical Computers and Digital Processing Systems: Support,
subclasses 300+ for computer power control. |
| 714, | Error Detection/Correction and Fault Detection/Recovery,
subclasses 1+ for reliability and availability, fault recovery, locating, and
avoidance in digital data processing systems. |
|
| | |
| 564 | "Redundant" operating channels: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 563. Subject matter in which the system includes a plurality
of channels arranged such that should a failure occur in one channel, operation
of the system is maintained by the remaining channel or channels.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for redundant controls in autopilots. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 407+ for miscellaneous gating circuits having plural
inputs and a single output and subclasses 415+ for miscellaneous
gating circuits having a single input and plural outputs. |
| 333, | Wave Transmission Lines and Networks,
subclass 3 for wave transmission lines and networks with automatic
control for lines substitution. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 62+ for plural parallel interconnected feeders for electrical
systems. |
|
| | |
| 565 | Monitoring systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 563. Subject matter in which the system includes one or more
elements whose sole function is to test or monitor the performance
of similar elements in the servo loop and to disable the servo upon
a failure of one of the similar elements.
| | (1)
Note. For example, a system operating in
response to the amplified output of a first gyro may be provided
with a second gyro and amplifier, which first gyro system
is disabled when the output from the second amplifier differs substantially from
the system output. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclass 77 , for autopilots with monitoring control. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclass 648 for motor condition responsive indicating systems. |
|
| | |
| 566 | Maneuver, force, or load-limiting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 563. Subject matter in which means are provided for limiting
the response of the system to excessive or large error signals.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445+, | for open loop systems which include automatic starting
or stopping of a motor under various conditions. |
| 635, | for servo systems which include signal, voltage
or current limitation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 371 for fluid motor systems with pressure limitation. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for autopilots with maneuver, force or
load limiting. |
|
| | |
| 567 | Program- or pattern-controlled systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter having means whereby the command signal for
the system is varied in response to a predetermined program or pattern thereby
establishing a predetermined pattern or schedule for the positions
of the controlled member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 162+, | for open loop pattern control systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 64 for automatic machines which perform a cycle or
operations in response to some mechanism. |
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 215+ and 231+ for automatic knitting machines
which perform a sequence of operations. |
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclasses 36 and 37 for fluid motor systems responsive to a
pattern or program. |
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing,
subclasses 2+ , 79+, 245+, and
289+ for a gear cutting, milling, or
planning machine adapted to operate in response to a pattern or
program. |
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 56 through 66and 159-195, respectively, for
generic digital positioning control or machining data processing; see
the search class note in the class definition of this Class 318. |
|
| | |
| 568.11 | Multifunction manipulator (i.e., Robot): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.1. Subject matter wherein the system is a reprogrammable multifunction
manipulator designed to move devices through variable programmed
motions for the performance of changeable tasks on a repetitive
basis without human intervention.
| | (1)
Note. A robot usually has an arm (elongated
appendage) which normally has three or more degrees of
freedom. |
| | (2)
Note. A robot must be reprogrammable to perform
a variety of different tasks. Thus, a numerically
controlled machine tool, which may have an arm, but
which is designed to perform only a fixed set of tasks, is
not a robot. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 245 through 264for robot control. |
| 901, | Robots, appropriate subclasses for cross-reference
art collections of robot motion controls. |
|
| | |
| 568.12 | Mobile robot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which the robot includes a base which
is moveable without restraint under the control of a programmable guidance
system.
| | (1)
Note. A robot with a base which is guided for movement
along a track so that the base must follow the track is not considered
to be a mobile robot. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing,
subclasses 2+ , 79+, 245+, and
289+ for a gear cutting, milling, or
planning machine adapted to operate in response to a pattern or
program. |
| 701, | Data Processing: Vehicles, Navigation, and
Relative Location,
subclasses 23+ for mobile robot control systems. |
| 901, | Robots,
subclass 1 for an art collection of mobile robots. |
|
| | |
| 568.13 | With particular program teaching method: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter including methods of instructing or programming
the robot to perform the steps of a desired sequence of manipulations.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 245 through 264for robot control. |
| 901, | Robots,
subclasses 3+ for program teaching methods for robots. |
|
| | |
| 568.14 | Manual lead through: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.13. Subject matter wherein the robot is "taught" the
steps of a desired sequence of manipulations by actual performance
of the steps while the robot"s control system is in a memory mode, with
the robot subsequently performing the memorized sequence without human
intervention.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes stepping the robot
through a desired sequence of motions under keyboard control while the
outputs of detectors associated with the joints of the robot"s arm
are recorded. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 245 through 264for robot control. |
| 901, | Robots,
subclass 4 for manual lead through teaching of robots. |
|
| | |
| 568.15 | With particular interpolation means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which the motion of the robot is defined
by a plurality of discrete points along the path to be followed
and a means is provided for generating continuous motion between
the points.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclass 252 for robot control with interpolation. |
|
| | |
| 568.16 | With particular sensing device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which a particular sensing device is used
in monitoring or control of the robot.
| | (1)
Note. Sensing devices include: video camera, force
sensor, "absolute" position detector, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 258 through 259for robot control with particular sensor. |
| 901, | Robots,
subclass 46 for robot sensing devices. |
|
| | |
| 568.18 | Including velocity control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.17. Subject matter wherein one of the modes of control is control
of velocity (including acceleration and deceleration).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 901, | Robots,
subclass 20 for speed altering provisions in a robot. |
|
| | |
| 568.19 | With particular coordinate transformation means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which a transformation is made either (a), from
one coordinate system to another (e.g., spherical
polar coordinates to cartesian coordinates), or (b) from
one reference frame to another (e.g., a
reference frame associated with an "end effector" to
a reference frame associated with the base of the robot).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclass 251 for robot control with coordinate transformation. |
|
| | |
| 568.22 | With particular compensation (e.g., gain, offset, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which provision is made for improving
the performance of a robot by applying a correction to a control
instruction to compensate for a predictable inaccuracy in the positioning
of the robot.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclass 254 for robot control with compensation. |
|
| | |
| 568.23 | Including program modification: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.22. Subject matter wherein the correction is applied by modifying
the control program so that future repetitions of the robot"s actions
are precompensated.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 250 through 257for robot control with program modification. |
|
| | |
| 568.24 | With reliability enhancement means (e.g., monitoring, redundant
circuits, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.11. Subject matter in which means are provided for monitoring
the performance of the robot and appropriate actions are taken in
the event a fault is detected.
| | (1)
Note. Fault response reactions include: (a) sounding
an alarm, or otherwise alerting a human operator, (b) interrupting
the action of the robot (shut down), or (c) selecting
an alternate program path or device to circumvent the fault producing
program step or device (redundant system). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 250 through 257for robot control with enhancing techniques. |
|
| | |
| 568.25 | Including display device: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568.24. Subject matter including means for displaying information
relevant to locating and diagnosing faults in the robot or its control
system.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclass 264 for robot control with particular operator interface. |
|
| | |
| 569 | Digital or numerical systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter including digital or numerical systems wherein
the control system programming means utilizes numerical values, digital signals
or coded pulses corresponding to desired positions of the control.
Usually these numerical or digital signals are recorded on punched
cards, punched tapes, magnetic tapes, or
optical tapes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 600+, | for digital servo systems, per se, where
the input command is not necessarily from a program. |
|
| | |
| 570 | Contouring systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 569. Subject matter in which motion of a member along two or
more axes is controlled simultaneously to provide a continuous predetermined path
along which the member is directed. |
| | |
| 572 | With "zero-offset" or tool radius correction: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Subject matter in which means are provided for (1) varying
the reference points from which the coordinates of the system are
measured or (2) compensating the system for variation
in the diameter of the tool, such compensation being precalculated. |
| | |
| 573 | With interpolating means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Subject matter in which the input data is represented by
a plurality of discrete points along the path to be followed and
the system includes means to interpolate between the points so that the
ultimate servo command is a smoothly varying function. |
| | |
| 574 | Multiple axes point to point systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 569. Subject matter in which the system programming means directs
a member to move from a first point having a first set or coordinates
to a second point having a second set of coordinates and in which
the path taken by the member between points is not a material consideration. |
| | |
| 575 | Multiple axes analog systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter wherein the program input is a pattern in
analog form, and means responsive thereto being used to
position a member along one or more axes. |
| | |
| 576 | Nonmechanical line, seam or edge followers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter in which the pattern to be followed is provided
by a line, seam, or edge and the pattern follower
is non-mechanical.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 162, | for open-loop analog pattern controls. |
| 653, | for servo systems in which the position measuring
instrument is a magnetic transducer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 124.01+ , for systems which automatically position
a welding machine over a seam. |
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing,
subclasses 290+ for a planning machine controlled by a line follower. |
|
| | |
| 577 | Optical or photoelectric line followers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 576. Subject matter in which the means to sense the line, seam
or edge is a photoelectric means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 640, | for photoelectric or optical measuring instruments
as an error detector in a servo system. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 226, | Advancing Material of Indeterminate Length,
subclass 20 for systems wherein the material advanced is maintained
in a predetermined path by photoelectric control. |
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclass 202 for photoelectric line followers wherein the novelty
lies in the photoelectric portion of the circuit. |
|
| | |
| 578 | Cam or template followers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter in which the pattern to be followed is provided
by a cam or template.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 162+, | for open-loop, analog pattern
control systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 567 where a machine follows a groove or predetermined
contour. |
| 82, | Turning,
subclasses 19 and 55 for automatic turning machines which follows
a cam or template. |
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing,
subclasses 79+ for a pattern controlled milling machine. |
|
| | |
| 579 | Multiple pass systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter in which the system controlled makes a plurality
of passes of ever increasing precision.
| | (1)
Note. For example, a patterned controlled
machine tool which make a rough cut and ultimately a finish cut
with as many intermediate cuts as are necessary. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing,
subclasses 288+ for a planning machine which functions in the manner
of the device of this subclass. |
|
| | |
| 580 | Vehicular guidance systems with single axis control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the servomechanism guides a vehicle
about a single axis, wherein the novelty is chiefly in
the servomechanism and not in the guidance system.
| | (1)
Note. The systems classified hereunder specifically
exclude multiple axes vehicle guidance systems, which systems
are classified in Class 244, Aeronautics, subclass
77, which subclass is the generic place for steering of
dirigible craft in two or three dimensions by electrical means. See
particularly (2) Note of Class 244, subclass
77, as to the line between subclass 77 and the other motor and
vehicle classes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 575+, | for analogous pattern controlled systems in which
a controlled member follows a path. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclasses 204+ for direction indicator means, per se. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 5 for structure of gyroscopes, per se. |
| 102, | Ammunition and Explosives,
subclass 384 for drop bombs having direction controlling devices
which may be automatic. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclass 144 for steering mechanisms for ships which may be automatic. |
| 180, | Motor Vehicles,
subclasses 167+ for a motor vehicle provided with means for controlling
its operation responsive to electromagnetic radiation, magnetic
force, or sound waves received from a source, or
reflected from an object or surface, which is located apart
from the vehicle; and subclass 79.1 for a motor
vehicle having a steering gear of the electric power assist type. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 76+ , see (1) Note above. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 907+ , 945+, and 984+ for
traffic and vehicle communication systems including aircraft and
nautical controls. |
| 701, | Data Processing: Vehicles, Navigation, and
Relative Location,
subclasses 1+ for data processing systems in the application
of vehicle control. |
|
| | |
| 581 | Radio-controlled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control signal is obtained
by radio.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 16, | for open-loop remote controls including
space transmitted electromagnetic or electrostatic energy (e.g., radio) control
means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 3.13 , 3.14, and 3.19
for electromagnetic wave or radio guidance. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 12.5 , 12.51, 13.25, and
13.26 are the generic subclasses for the control of
apparatus and devices at a distance by means of radio wave energy. |
| 342, | Communications: Directive Radio Wave
Systems and Devices (e.g., Radar, Radio
Navigation),
subclasses 385+ for directive beacons used in radio guidance. |
| 455, | Telecommunications,
subclass 68 for remotely controlled modulated carrier wave
communication systems. |
|
| | |
| 582 | Celestial navigation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is obtained
by celestial means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclass 3.18 for guidance systems employing a celestial body. |
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclass 203.1 , for photoelectric systems responsive
to a point of illumination such as a star, etc. |
|
| | |
| 583 | Landing systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is a landing
system.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 63 and 81 for guidance system including landing assists. |
| 342, | Communications: Directive Radio Wave
Systems and Devices (e.g., Radar, Radio
Navigation),
subclasses 410+ for radio wave beacons which provide a glide path. |
| 701, | Data Processing: Vehicles, Navigation, and
Relative Location,
subclasses 15 and 16 respectively, for vehicle control
of take-off or landing. |
|
| | |
| 584 | Altitude or pitch control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is an altitude
or pitch control.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for aircraft guidance. |
|
| | |
| 585 | Roll control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is a "Roll" control.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for aircraft guidance. |
|
| | |
| 586 | Yaw control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is a "Yaw" control.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for aircraft guidance systems. |
|
| | |
| 587 | Land vehicles: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is for a land
vehicle.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 180, | Motor Vehicles,
subclasses 167+ and 79.1 as explained in the reference
to Class 180 appearing in subclass 580 above. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 901+ for traffic control of vehicles. |
|
| | |
| 588 | Marine vehicles: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the steering control is for a marine
vehicle.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 589, | for steering controls for submarines or torpedoes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 114, | Ships,
subclass 144 for steering mechanisms for ships which may be automatic. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 984+ for control of nautical vehicles. |
|
| | |
| 590 | Multiple mode systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the servomechanism may operate or
be operated in a plurality of different modes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 75 through 77for data processing control systems which include
multiple modes. |
|
| | |
| 591 | With mode-engagement features (e.g., manual
to automatic): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Subject matter in which the servomechanism includes features
to provided for smooth transition from one operating mode to the
next.
| | (1)
Note. For example, a servo control system
for shifting from manual control to automatic control or vice-versa
which includes means to prevent the changeover until the servo error
signal shaft would be negligible. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 591, | and 649, for inertial or inclination devices
which also include an erecting control. |
| 609, | and 610, for "reset" systems (P
I and P I D controllers) with manual to automatic features. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 5 for erecting gyroscopes. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for aircraft guidance systems with manual to automatic
and vice-versa features. |
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 64+ , 85+, and 125+ for
electrical interconnection systems with means to connect or disconnect
responsive to various electrical conditions. |
|
| | |
| 592 | Fine and coarse systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Subject matter in which a plurality of position error detectors, one
for each operating mode, are provided. The first
of these position error detectors provides a coarse signal which
is indicative of the rough or approximate final position. When
the "coarse" position is approached, the "fine" position
error detectors successively take over and precisely direct the servo
to it final position. Complete servo control is thus realized
at all time.
| | (1)
Note. The servo systems classified herein differ
from the "slewing" systems in subclass 597, in
that the error signal maintains full control of the servo during the "coarse" positioning
mode; whereas in the "slewing" control
mode, control by the error signal is lost. | |
| | |
| 593 | Separate fine and coarse motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 592. Subject matter in which separate servo motors are provided
for each of the operating modes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 625, | for systems which include plural servomotors. |
|
| | |
| 594 | Digital systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 592. Subject matter in which the system in at least one operating
mode is controlled by digital means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 569+, | for digital servo systems responsive to a program
or pattern. |
| 600+, | for digital servo systems, per se. |
|
| | |
| 595 | Multiple speed synchro systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 592. Subject matter in which the position error detectors for
each mode are synchros. A synchro is a rotary position
sensing transformer. The different speeds are usually
obtained by use of a gear train.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 654+, | for synchro systems, per se. |
| 660, | for systems in which one of the synchros may be
an "Inductosyn". An "Inductosyn" is
a planar two phase synchro. |
| 661, | for resolver systems, per se.
A resolver is merely a two phase synchro. |
| 692, | for "self-synchronous" motor
controls in which the receivers are selsyn motors. A selsyn
motor is a device similar to a synchro but which produces torque. |
|
| | |
| 596 | Combined "on-off" and proportional control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Subject matter in which the servo system includes means
responsive to the error signal to operate the servo full on or completely
off until a desires position operating range is attained at which
point a proportional control means assumes control to bring the
servo to a predetermined final position.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass also includes systems in which
during the "on-off" mode, the
power may be periodically switched on and off. |
| | (2)
Note. The servo systems classified herein differ
from the "slewing" systems elsewhere (see
search notes below) in that the error signal maintains
full control of the servo during both "on-off" and proportional
control modes, whereas in a slewing control system control
by the error signal is lost. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 597+, | for slewing motor controls. |
| 672+, | for "on-off" motor controls. |
|
| | |
| 597 | Slewing systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 590. Subject matter in which the servo system, includes
means which, in response to a predetermined type of error
signal saturates and applies maximum power to the servo motor. During
this mode of operation, the error signal loses control
of the servo motor which runs at maximum rate toward its ultimate
position. This mode is defined as the "slewing" mode. Means
are provided whereby the error signal regains control under the
proper conditions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 561, | for "band-bang" servos
which are somewhat similar to slewing systems except that the end
position is continuously predicted and thus the error signal does
not lose control. |
|
| | |
| 599 | Pulse-width modulated power input to motor (e.g., "duty
cycle" systems): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which electric power pulses of fixed magnitude
and variable width are periodically applied and removed from the
servo motor. The variation in width is in accordance with
the servo error signal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 341, | and 345, for similar type systems for motor
speed control. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 329, | Demodulators,
subclass 106 for pulse width demodulators, per se. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 26 and 41 for conversion systems which may include
pulse width modulation. |
|
| | |
| 600 | Digital or numerical systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the command signal is digital or
numerical. A digital or numerical command is one which
is composed of one or more discrete symbols which may form a code. These
symbols may take the form of any of the following examples: (1) The
presence or absence of a discrete value of electrical voltage or
current; (2) The presence or absence
of a perforated hole in a tape or card; (3) The
presence or absence of a discrete mechanical movement; (4) The
making or breaking of an electrical switch. The above
examples are not exclusive but merely representative.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 569+, | for programmed controlled digital servo systems. |
| 594, | for digital fine and coarse systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 1 through 89for generic data processing control systems, subclasses
90-306 for control systems which are limited by the claims
to a particular process or have a specific utility, and
subclasses 245-264 for robot control. See the
search class note in the class definition of this class (318). |
|
| | |
| 601 | Digital comparison: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter in which the system error signal is obtained
by comparison of the digital command signal with a position feedback signal which is also in digital form.
Included herein are systems in which the position feedback includes
an analog to digital converter for generating the feedback in digital
form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 341, | Coded Data Generation or Conversion, for code converters, generators or transmitters. |
|
| | |
| 602 | Commutating switch-type encoder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 601. Subject matter in which the digital position feedback is
obtained from a commutating switch encoder, which encoder
usually converts position information of analogue to digital form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 341, | Coded Data Generation or Conversion, for encoders, per se. |
|
| | |
| 603 | Pulse-counting systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter in which a counting means acts as the comparator
between the command signal and the position signal.
| | (1)
Note. For example: If the member is to be
positioned a certain increment from its present position, the
command signal introduces a count into the counting means which
is proportional to the distance to be moved, an error signal
is generated which causes the member to move toward its final position, a
feedback position indicator causes the counting-means to
count back toward zero; and upon reaching zero the member
is properly positioned, the error signal is no longer generated
and the system waits for the next command. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 377, | Electrical Pulse Counters, Pulse Dividers, or
Shift Registers: Circuits and Systems, for pulse counting circuits. |
|
| | |
| 604 | Analogue comparison: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter in which the digital command signal is converted
to an analog signal which is compared with an analog position signal
to form the system error signal.
| | (1)
Note. Included herein are systems which feature
specific digital to analog converters. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 341, | Coded Data Generation or Conversion,
subclasses 126+ for digital to or from analog converters. |
|
| | |
| 605 | Synchro or resolver (e.g., transmitter
simulators): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Subject matter in which the analog comparison is by means
of a synchro or resolver system. A synchro is a rotary
transformer used for the instantaneous electrical transmission or
reception of the angular position data of rotating parts.
A resolver is a rotary transformer for resolving a vector into two
mutually perpendicular components, such as translating
error angle into electrical information corresponding to sine and
cosine of rotor angle.
| | (1)
Note. Included herein are systems in which the synchro
or resolver transmitter is simulated by the digital to analog converter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 569, | and especially subclass 573, for programmed
controlled digital systems in which a synchro or resolver transmitter
simulation may be employed. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 708, | Electrical Computers: Arithmetic Processing
and Calculating,
subclasses 1+ for electric hybrid computers, and subclasses
270+ for digital function generation. |
|
| | |
| 606 | Frequency- or phase-modulated systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which modulator means are provided wherein
the command signal or feedback signal either frequency modulates, or phase
modulates a system carrier. The system carrier is a wave
suitable for being modulated to transmit intelligence.
The modulation represents the information, and the original
wave is used only as the carrier of the modulation. Combinations
of phase and frequency modulation are commonly referred to as frequency modulation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 684, | for servo systems in which the novelty lies in the
modulator which may be a frequency or phase modulator. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 332, | Modulators,
subclasses 117+ for a frequency modulator and subclasses 144+ for
a phase modulator, per se. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 870.18 , 870.25, and 870.26
for frequency or phase modulated telemetering systems and subclass
351, for code transmitters in which the frequency of the
carrier is modulated in accordance with the code. |
| 342, | Communications: Directive Radio Wave
Systems and Devices (e.g., Radar, Radio
Navigation),
subclasses 128+ , 134+, 200+, and
202 for radio wave communications. |
| 455, | Telecommunications,
subclasses 42+ for frequency or phase modulated carrier systems, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 607 | Frequency comparison: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Subject matter in which the system includes a reference
signal of the same frequency as the carrier frequency which is used
with means to compare it with the modulated signal to obtain the
modulating wave.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 684, | for servo systems in which the novelty lies in the
detector which may be an F M detector. Also subclass 318, for motor
speed control by electrical frequency difference type detector. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclass 42 for miscellaneous frequency comparison between
a fixed frequency signal and a variable frequency signal. |
| 329, | Demodulators,
subclasses 103 and 110+ for frequency demodulation, per se. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 13.2 through 13.36for frequency responsive remote control systems. |
|
| | |
| 608 | Phase comparison: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Subject matter in which the system includes a reference
signal of the same frequency as the carrier frequency and of a fixed
phase which is used with means to compare it with the phase modulated
signal to obtain the modulating wave.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 683, | for servo systems with particular phase sensitive
discriminators. Also, subclass 314, for
motor speed control with electrical phase difference type detectors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 76.52+ and 76.77+ for measuring and
testing systems which include phase comparison. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 3+ for phase comparison of plural inputs. |
| 329, | Demodulators,
subclasses 103 and 110 for phase demodulation, per se. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclass 13.1 for phase responsive remote control systems. |
|
| | |
| 609 | "Reset" systems (P.I.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which two error detectors are provided:
One which detects the instantaneous positional errors and attempts
to immediately correct for them. This detector contributes what
is termed "proportional" control to the system.
The second error detector senses the instantaneous position with
respect to the long term average position. This detector
contributes what is a termed "reset" or "integral" control
to the system. The two signals are summed to provide a
composite system error signal.
| | (1)
Note. In the systems classified herein, the "reset" or "integral" control
is provided to increase long term system stability and it is really
a special form of "lag" circuit. A "lag" circuit
is any electrical circuit which integrates. |
| | (2)
Note. Systems of this nature may control any type
or process such as temperature control, fluid flow, a
chemical condition, mixtures, etc., as
a result the art is widely scattered. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 621, | for systems which include lead and/or lag
compensation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electrical Heating,
subclass 497 for electric heating systems which may include
reset control features. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 518+ for miscellaneous control circuits which may include reset
features. |
| 700, | Data Processing: Generic Control Systems
or Specific Applications,
subclasses 1 through 89for computer controlled manufacturing process controllers
which may include reset features. |
|
| | |
| 610 | With rate (P. I. D.) (e.g., reset
windup prevention): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 609. Subject matter in which a third error detector is provided
which detects the rate of change of the position and contributes
what is termed a "rate" or "differential" control
to the system. This rate signal is also summed with the
two previous signal to provided a composite system error signal.
| | (1)
Note. In the systems classified herein, the "rate" or "differential" control
is provided to increase short system stability and is really a special
form or a "leaf" circuit. A "lead" circuit
is any electrical circuit which differentiates. |
| | (2)
Note. In the systems classified herein, the "rate" or "differential" control
is often provided to prevent "reset windup". "Reset
windup" is an art term which means that the system is unstable when
subjected to quickly changing error signals. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 621, | for systems which include lead and/or lag
compensation. |
|
| | |
| 611 | With stabilizing features (e.g., anti-hunting, damping): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the system includes stabilizing
means which prevents hunting and minimizes overshooting of the commanded position.
| | (1)
Note. Hunting is a condition of instability in a
feedback control device which is essentially an uncontrolled oscillation due
to insufficient feedback, improper phase shift or underdamping.
The oscillations cause the positioned element to swing about its
commanded position without stopping at the position. |
| | (2)
Note. Overshooting is a damped oscillation. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 448, | for automatic starting or stopping motor controls
which include anti-hunt control. |
|
| | |
| 612 | Electric braking near balance (e.g., dynamic): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is by electrical
means such as dynamic braking of the servo motors as the system
approaches balance. Dynamic braking is forcing the motor to
act as a generator which thus absorbs its rotational energy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 211, | for induction motor braking systems using dynamic
braking. Also subclasses 371 and 375, for motor
braking systems using dynamic braking. |
|
| | |
| 613 | D.C. in A.C. windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 612. Subject matter in which dynamic braking is achieved by introducing
DC into the windings of an AC servo motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 211, | for induction motor dynamic braking by DC in AC
windings. |
|
| | |
| 615 | By auxiliary feedback loop: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means employees
a separate auxiliary feedback loop in addition to the positional
feedback loop. |
| | |
| 616 | Rate feedback: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which the auxiliary feedback loop senses
the rate of positioning and introduces a signal proportional to
the rate into the servo loop to reduce the magnitude of the servo error
signal as the final position is approached.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the counter E. M. F. of
the servo motor can be measured to obtain the rate signal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 364 for fluid motor control systems which include rate
feedback. |
|
| | |
| 617 | Variable rate feedback: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which the rate sensing circuit is made
variable to further enhance the stabilizing effect.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 651, | for position servos which include an error detector
responsive to acceleration. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 364 for fluid motor control systems which include variable
rate feedback. |
|
| | |
| 618 | Tachometer feedback: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which the means to sense the rate is an
electrical tachometer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 312, | and 326, for electric motor speed control
which employ electrical tachometers or equivalent devices for speed control. |
|
| | |
| 619 | Variable gain bandwidth: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is a means
for changing the gain of the servo loop of its bandwidth.
The bandwidth is the upper and lower limit of frequencies to which the
servo will respond.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the variable gain element
in the loop may be used to make the loop less sensitive to large
error signals with means to increase the gain as balance is achieved. |
| | (2)
Note. For example, the bandwidth may be
made variable so the loop is made more or less sensitive to certain
frequency components which are present in the command signal. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 561, | for adaptive or optionizing controls which may utilize
variable gain elements. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ aircraft controls which include variable gain or
bandwidth systems. |
|
| | |
| 620 | Nonlinear circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is a nonlinear
circuit.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the circuit may include
a nonlinear resistor which changes its effective value in response
to the applied voltage. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 379 for nonlinear fluid motor systems. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 132 for measuring and testing devices which use nonlinear
elements (e.g., thyrite). |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous nonlinear circuits
and particularly
subclasses 334+ for an output signal which is a nonlinear mathematical
function of an input signal. |
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclass 110 for nonlinear impedance in the feedback path of
an amplifier. Also subclass 183 for nonlinear devices
as interstage coupling. |
|
| | |
| 621 | Lead or lag networks: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is a lead
or lag circuit or a combination of both. A "lead" circuit
is defined as a circuit whose output voltage leads the input voltage
over a certain range of frequencies. Sometimes it may be
referred to as an "integrating" circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 609, | for "reset" servomechanisms which use
integral and differential compensation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclass 335 for miscellaneous differentiating circuits and
subclasses 336+ for miscellaneous integrating circuits. |
|
| | |
| 622 | A.C. networks: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the lead and lag circuit is adapted
for use in an AC servo loop.
| | (1)
Note. Since many lead and lag circuits will only
operate on DC Voltages, the systems classified herein may
include: Means to demodulate the AC signals in an AC servo
loop, passing the demodulated signal through the lead or
lag circuit, and then remodulating the resultant signal. | |
| | |
| 623 | Load stabilization (e.g., viscous, magnetic
or friction dampers): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is a load
stabilizer where the positioned load may have appreciable inertia.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the load stabilizer may
be a viscous, magnetic or friction damper. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 125 for measuring and testing devices which include
damping of this type. |
|
| | |
| 624 | By deadband at null (e.g., threshold
circuits): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter in which the stabilizing means is a deadband
in the servo loop which requires the servo error signal to be of
a predetermined threshold magnitude before any control takes place.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 175+ for aircraft control systems which include deadband
devices for control purposes. |
|
| | |
| 626 | Limit or end-stop control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which means are provided to prevent the
servo loop from driving the positioned member beyond predetermined
limits.
| | (1)
Note. Included herein are synchro systems which
include means to prevent a synchro from locking onto a balance point
which is 180° out of phase with the proper balance point. | |
| | |
| 628 | "Feelback" systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the servo system is a "Feelback" system. "Feelback" is
that characteristic of a servo system in which the servo system
does not apply all the force required in positioning the member, but
is a manual assist device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 2, | for motor controls including manual driving means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 91, | Motors: Expansible Chamber Type,
subclass 434 , for fluid servomechanisms including "Feelback" is included. |
|
| | |
| 629 | Unwanted harmonic or voltage component elimination quadrature
rejection systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which means are provided to eliminate
from any of the servo loop signals an unwanted harmonic, an
undesirable voltage component, or a quadrature component.
| | (1)
Note. For example, an unwanted harmonic
may be eliminated by the use of filtering. |
| | (2)
Note. For example, an undesirable voltage
or quadrature signal may be bucked out of the system by introducing
a signal of equal but opposite magnitude. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclass 549 for miscellaneous circuits with hum or interaction
prevention and subclasses 551+ for miscellaneous unwanted
signal elimination. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 39+ for electrical conversion systems including means
to eliminate an unwanted harmonic. |
|
| | |
| 630 | Antibacklash systems (e.g., with
unidirectional approach to balance): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which some means to prevent "backlash" is
provided to increase the accuracy of the positioned member. "Backlash" is
an inherent inaccuracy more or less present in ever mechanical device
caused by the "give" between parts.
Backlash is also present in electrical components. Included
herein are systems which do not specifically recite the term "backlash" but
effectively compensate for it by always approaching balance from
the same direction.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 409 and 440+, machine elements, for
means to eliminate backlash from gearing. |
| 408, | Cutting by Use of Rotating Axially Moving Tool,
subclasses 124+ for a boring or drilling machine with provision
to compensate for backlash. |
| 409, | Gear Cutting, Milling or Planing,
subclass 146 for a gear cutting machine with backlash compensation. |
|
| | |
| 631 | Antistatic friction features (e.g., "dither" voltage): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which means are provided to eliminate
static friction. Static friction is usually higher than
running friction and has a deleterious effect on servo performance.
| | (1)
Note. For example, by applying a low magnitude
AC signal to the motor at all times, the rotor of the motor
continuously vibrates at null to eliminate the static friction.
The application of an AC signal is termed using a "Dither" voltage. | |
| | |
| 632 | With compensating features: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a compensating means is provided
to improve servo performance.
| | (1)
Note. For example, velocity compensation
may be introduced into the servo loop to decrease the magnitude
of the servo error signal and thus increase the ability of the servomechanism
to correctly follow the command signal. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 655, | for synchro differential systems in which various
compensation signals are added by means of the differential synchro. |
|
| | |
| 633 | "Two-cycle error" compensation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which the compensating means compensates
for "Two cycle error". "Two
cycle error" is that characteristic of a position sensing
device, usually caused by finite mechanical tolerances, which
causes the device to exhibit a non-random error during each
cycle of operation which repeats itself twice.
| | (1)
Note. For example, the rotor of a synchro, because
of mechanical limitation, will wobble minutely back and
forth during 360 of rotation and cause a "Two cycle error". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 654+, | and 661, for synchro or resolver systems, per
se, which may include such features. |
|
| | |
| 634 | Temperature compensation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter in which the compensating means compensates
for temperature effects on the servo.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 105+ for electrical measuring and testing instruments
including thermal compensation. |
|
| | |
| 635 | With signal-, voltage-, or
current-limiting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which means are provided to limit the
magnitude of a servo signal, or some voltage or current
in the servo system.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 306+ for miscellaneous amplitude limiting circuits. |
|
| | |
| 636 | "Sampling" systems including miscellaneous "sampled data"
control systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a servo signal is not continuously
measured, but is periodically sampled at a rate high enough
so that there are no deleterious effects on servo performance. Also
included herein are that class of servomechanisms termed "sample
data" control systems.
| | (1)
Note. Not included herein are systems in which the
DC signal is converted into an equivalent AC signal by means of
a "chopper" or a modulator. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 331, | and 341, for motor speed control systems
which may include similar techniques. |
|
| | |
| 637 | Analog computation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which included in the system is same form
of analog computation. In other words, a mathematical
problem solving servomechanism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 661, | for resolver systems which, for example, solve
vector problems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 708, | Electrical Computers: Arithmetic Processing
and Calculating,
subclasses 1+ and 800+, respectively, for
electric hybrid computers or analog computers which may include
analog circuits employing servomechanisms. |
|
| | |
| 638 | With particular "error-detecting" means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a particular error detecting means
is provided. An error detector is a device which compares
the command signal with the feedback signal and produces an error
signal related to the difference between these signals. |
| | |
| 639 | Plural, diverse conditions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detector is responsive
to plural, diverse conditions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 452+, | for open-loop automatic motor controls
responsive to plural, diverse conditions. |
|
| | |
| 640 | Photoelectric or optical-type measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detector is a radiant
energy photoelectric or optical measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 480, | for open-loop automatic motor controls
responsive radiant energy. |
| 577, | for photoeclectric line followers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclasses 200+ for radiant energy devices and systems employing
photocells. |
|
| | |
| 641 | With particular temperature measuring instrument: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a temperature
measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 471+, | for open-loop automatic motor controls
responsive to thermal conditions. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 497+ , electric heating, for automatic
regulating or control for electric heating means responsive to temperature. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 584+ , electrical communication systems automatically
responsive to temperature. |
| 374, | Thermal Measuring and Testing,
subclass 168 for a self-rebalancing electrical thermometer. |
|
| | |
| 642 | With liquid level measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a liquid
level measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 482, | for open-loop automatic motor controls
responsive to liquid level or level of a granular material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 290+ for measuring and testing devices which measure
liquid level. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 612+ for electrical communication systems automatically
responsive to the level of a fluent or pulverized material. |
|
| | |
| 643 | With moisture content or wetness measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a moisture
content or wetness measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 483, | for open-loop automatic motor control responsive
to moisture content or wetness. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 29.02+ for measuring and testing devices employing hygrometers. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclass 602 for electrical communications systems automatically
responsive to moisture or humidity. |
|
| | |
| 644 | With flow measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a flow
measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 861+ for measuring and testing devices employing flow
measuring instruments. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclasses 606+ for electrical communication systems automatically
responsive to flow of fluent or pulverized material. |
|
| | |
| 645 | With fluid pressure measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a fluid
pressure measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 481, | for open-loop automatic motor controls
responsive to pressure in a fluid or granular material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 37+ for measuring and testing devices with pressure
measuring instruments. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclass 626 for electrical communication systems automatically
responsive to pressure. |
|
| | |
| 646 | With force or weight measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a force
or weight measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 769+ for specific circuit structure in apparatus for
measuring stress or strain. |
| 340, | Communications: Electrical,
subclass 666 for electrical communication systems automatically
responsive to weight. |
| 346, | Recorders,
subclasses 9+ for weight responsive recorders. |
|
| | |
| 647 | With magnetic field measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a magnetic
field measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclasses 355+ for geometrical instruments which measure magnetic
fields. |
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 244 for electrical measuring and testing instruments
which measure a magnetic field. |
|
| | |
| 648 | With inertial, direction or inclination measuring
instrument: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is an
inertial, direction, or inclination measuring
instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclasses 340+ for geometric instruments which measure direction, inclination
or inertia. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclasses 79 and 80 for automatic control of aircraft responsive
to gyroscopes or pendulums. |
|
| | |
| 649 | Stable platforms: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter in which the measuring instrument includes
a stable platform.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 591, | for multiple mode servomechanisms with mode engagement
features such as the erection of gyroscopes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclasses 321+ for geometrical instruments which include one or
more gyroscopic elements that may form a stable platform. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 5+ for gyroscopes, per se, and other
related features. |
|
| | |
| 650 | With current, voltage or electrical power measuring
instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is a current, voltage
or electrical power measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 453+, | and 474+, for open-loop
automatic motor control systems responsive to current, voltage, or
power. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 76.11+ for electrical measuring and testing which is responsive to
electricity, per se. |
|
| | |
| 651 | With acceleration measuring instruments: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 638. Subject matter in which the error detecting means is an
acceleration measuring instrument.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 617, | for servomechanisms with variable rate compensation.
Also, subclass 648, for servomechanisms with inertia measuring
instruments. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 488+ for measuring and testing devices responsive to
acceleration. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclass 3.2 for missile guidance systems in which the control
is responsive to acceleration. |
|
| | |
| 653 | Magnetic transducers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the position measuring instrument
is a magnetic transducer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclasses 115+ for inductor devices of the relatively movable
coil or core type. |
|
| | |
| 654 | Synchro control transmitter-transformer systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a synchro. A synchro is a rotary transformer
used for the instantaneous electrical transmission or reception
of angular position data of rotating parts. Included herein
are systems in which both the command signal and the feedback position
signal are obtained from synchros.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclasses 115+ , especially subclasses 122+, for
inductor devices of the relatively movable core and coil type. |
|
| | |
| 655 | With synchro differential: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 654. Subject matter in which a differential synchro circuit is
used. A differential synchro is a synchro in which both
the stator and the rotor are relatively rotatable with respect to
fixed reference, and the angular positional data obtained from
such a device in the sum or difference of the two rotations. |
| | |
| 656 | Differential transformer systems: |
| | Subject matter under subclasses 652 in which the particular
position measuring instrument is a differential transformer. A
differential transformer is a position indicating transformer with at
least one primary winding and a plurality of secondary windings, the
secondary windings are in bucking or aiding relationship. Some portion
of the magnetic circuit of the transformer will affect the coupling
of the secondary windings in responses to position and the secondary
windings will give a voltage indication of the position sensed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclasses 115+ for inductor devices of the relatively movable
core and coil type. |
|
| | |
| 657 | Linear differential transformer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Subject matter in which the differential transformer is
the linear type. Included herein are relatively movable
core and coil type linear differential transformers. A
linear differential transformer is one in which the coils and core are
physically arranged on line. |
| | |
| 658 | "E" type transformer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Subject matter in which the differential transformer is
of the "E" type. An "E" type
differential transformer is one in which the magnetic structure
takes the form of an E. |
| | |
| 659 | "Microsyn" type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Subject matter in which the differential transformer is
a "Microsyn" type. A microsyn is a rotary
type differential transformer in which the coils and core are relatively
angularly movable. |
| | |
| 660 | "Inductosyn" systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is an "Inductosyn". An "Inductosyn" is
a rotary or linear synchro-like device in which the rotor
and stator windings move relative to each other in parallel planes. Included
herein are devices in which the rotor and stator windings are printed
circuits.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 654+, | and 661, for synchro or resolver type systems
which are directly analogous in function to "Inductosyns". |
|
| | |
| 661 | Resolver systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a resolver. A resolver is a rotary transformer
which has two phase windings on either or both the rotor and stator and
may be used for resolving a vector into two mutually perpendicular
components, such as translating rotor angle into electrical
information corresponding to the sine and cosine of rotor angle.
A resolver may also be considered as a two phase synchro.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 654+, | for synchro systems, per se. |
|
| | |
| 662 | Variable capacitor systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a variable capacitor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 277+ for variable capacitors, per se. |
|
| | |
| 663 | Potentiometer systems including autotransformers and Wheatstone
bridges: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a potentiometer. A potentiometer is any
voltage dividing circuit. Included herein are systems
using autotransformers as A C potentiometers. Also included herein
are systems in which the command signal is introduced by one half
of a Wheatstone bridge and the feedback potentiometer forms the
other half of the bridge.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclasses 68+ for mechanically variable resistors. |
|
| | |
| 664 | Minor arc seeking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which the position measuring potentiometer
is circular and means are provided to sense the minor arc to be
travelled in reaching the commanded position whereby positioning
will be achieved in minimum time. |
| | |
| 667 | With a bridge in the feedback circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which the feedback loop contains a bridge
circuit which does not necessarily null out when the servo loop
is balanced.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass are potentiometer
systems in which the feedback potentiometer forms one half of a Wheatstone
bridge. See definition of 663, supra. | |
| | |
| 669 | Standing wave: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a means for measuring the length of a standing wave.
This means may take the form of a resonator, mechanical
or electrical, dependent upon the type of wave being measured. |
| | |
| 670 | Contact resistance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the particular position measuring
instrument is a means for measuring contact resistance. |
| | |
| 672 | Discontinuous or "on-off" control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
the discontinuous or "on-off" type.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 599, | for "on-off" and proportional
control systems. |
|
| | |
| 673 | Seeking switch type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 672. Subject matter in which the discontinuous or "on-off" motor
control is part of a "seeking" switch system.
A "seeking" switch system is one in which the
motor moves the wiper of a multiposition noncoded switch until a
circuit which includes the motor and the switch is found which deenergizes
the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 602, | for analogous digital systems in which the motor
drives a commutating switch type digital encoder. |
|
| | |
| 674 | Wheatstone bridge type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 672. Subject matter in which the discontinuous or "on-off" motor
control is controlled by a Wheatstone bridge circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 663, | for potentiometer systems which may be of the Wheatstone
type. |
|
| | |
| 675 | One transmitter or controller element follows another: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the transmitter or initiating controller
comprises at least two relatively movable parts one of which is
moved to effect starting of the follow-up motor and the other
of which is actuated by the motor or devices driven thereby in a
direction so as to follow the said one part.
| | (1)
Note. The following is an illustrative example.
| |
| | |
| 676 | Transmitter or controller element returned (e.g., force
balance systems): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which means are provided for causing the
follow-up motor to return the transmitter to its normal
or original position at which position the motor is not adapted
to run or operate.
| | (1)
Note. An example of a transmitter returned follow-up
arrangement comprises a differential gearing where in one element
is driven by a control shaft, another element is driven
by a controlled motor and the third element devices a circuit controlling
means such as a switch. When the switch is in the neutral position, the
arrangement is at rest. If the control shaft turns, the
third element of the gearing drives the switch to an operating position
to initiate operation of the motor to drive the second gearing element
to drive the third gearing element to return the switch to neutral.
The following is an illustrative example.
| |
| | |
| 677 | With particular servoamplifier: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control system
includes a particular servoamplifier.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclasses 1+ for amplifiers, per se. |
|
| | |
| 678 | Differential amplifier: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 677. Subject matter in which the particular servoamplifier includes
a differential amplifier. A differential amplifier consists
of two amplifying devices in parallel with a one common path (e.g., common
cathode or common emitter), which senses the difference
between a signal on the control electrode of the first amplifying device
with the signal on the control electrode of the second amplifying
device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclass 69 for sum and difference amplifiers and subclass
116 for balanced to unbalanced amplifiers. See the notes
thereunder. |
|
| | |
| 680 | Magnetic servoamplifiers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 677. Subject matter in which the particular servoamplifier is
a magnetic amplifier.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclass 8 for saturable reactor type amplifiers and subclass 63, for
magnetic amplifiers. |
|
| | |
| 682 | Rotating amplifier (e.g., "Ward
Leonard" control): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 677. Subject matter in which the particular servoamplifier is
a rotating amplifier. For example, a generator
with plural field winding which control current, voltage
or power output. Included herein are "Ward-Leonard" control
systems.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 140+, | for generator-fed motor speed control systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems, for single generator systems in which the generator
is connected as an amplifier. |
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclass 58 for rotating amplifiers, per se. |
|
| | |
| 683 | With particular phase discriminator: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control includes
a particular phase discriminator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 608, | for position servomechanisms using phase comparison. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 329, | Demodulators,
subclasses 103 and 110+, for particular phase
demodulators or detectors. |
|
| | |
| 684 | With particular modulator or detector (e.g., choppers): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control includes
a particular modulator or detector. Included herein are "chopper" systems.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 330, | Amplifiers,
subclasses 9 and 10 for chopper or modulated amplifying systems. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclasses 87+ for magnetically operated periodic switches (e.g., vibrators). |
|
| | |
| 685 | "Step-by-step" motors in closed-loop
servos: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
used to control a "Step-by-step" or stepping
motor; and the servo loop is closed by feeding back a position
signal from the motor shaft back to the servo input.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 696, | for "open-loop" stepping
motor control systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 12.05 for a linear motor structure designed as an X-Y
positioner; subclass 12.17 for a linear stepping
motor; and subclasses 49.01- 49.55
for a rotary stepping motor, per se. |
|
| | |
| 686 | Reciprocating or oscillating motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
used to control a reciprocating or oscillating motor.
| | (1)
Note. For the definition of a "reciprocating" or "oscillating" motor, see
the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 15+ for reciprocating electric motors and subclasses
36+ for oscillating electric motors. |
|
| | |
| 687 | Linear movement motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
used to control a linear movement motor.
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of "linear-movement" motor, see
Linear Movement Motors of the class definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 135, | and the subclasses specified in the Notes to the
definition of that subclass for other linear-movement motor
systems. |
| 686, | for reciprocating or oscillating motor systems under
subclass 671. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 12.01 through 12.33for a linear motor, per se. |
|
| | |
| 688 | Shaded pole motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
used to control a shaded pole motor. A shaded pole motor
is a single phase induction or hysterysis motor where field shifting
or distortion means is provided to determine direction of rotation. |
| | |
| 689 | TORQUING MOTORS: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter in which the particular motor control is
used to control a torque motor. A torque motor is any
motor which may operate in an energized but non-rotating
mode primarily, to provide torsional force to the positioned load. |
| | |
| 690 | SELF-SYNCHRONOUS TYPE OF MOTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which a motor acts as a receiver or slave
device with respect to a master or transmitter device.
The receiver motor is termed "self-synchronous" in
that it has the ability to produce torque in direct response to
a command from the transmitter and to position itself in response
to the command. No additional feedback loop or servomotors
are included in these systems.
| | (1)
Note. In the systems in this and the indented subclasses, the
position or movement of the receiver motor is always substantially
synchronized with the transmitter command. | |
| | |
| 691 | With means to amplify transmitter signals: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter which means are provided for receiving a
signal or control energy from the transmitter and delivering to
the receiver motor a signal or control energy, the magnitude
or energy content of which is appreciably greater than that received
from the transmitter.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass excludes mere voltage or current
transformer systems where the magnitude of either the voltage or
current output is greater than the input voltage or current, but
the energy content at the output is the same or less than the input
energy. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 505+, | for motor armature or primary circuit control by
space discharge devices. |
| 727+, | for induction motor control by space discharge devices
in the primary circuit. |
| 818+, | for induction motor control by space discharge devices
in the field or secondary circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous systems
for controlling the output of electrical energy by means of a smaller
quantity of electrical energy. |
| 330, | Amplifiers, appropriate subclasses for amplifiers generally (where
the output signal wave shape is a substantial replica of the input
wave shape). |
|
| | |
| 692 | Having induction or "selsyn" type transmitter: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter in which the transmitter is of the same or
similar structure as its self-synchronous receiver motor.
| | (1)
Note. Systems classified herein are not to be confused
with synchro transformer systems found in subclass 654, supra.
A synchro transformer is an angular position pickoff device which
cannot develop torque as can self-synchronous motor systems. |
| | (2)
Note. The transmitter and receiver windings of the
systems in this subclass are some times called "selsyn" devices. |
| | (3)
Note. The following is an illustrative example:
| SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 654+, | for synchro-transformer systems, see (1) Note
above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 336, | Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses for the structure of transformers
and inductive reactors. |
|
| | |
| 693 | Having impedance-type transmitter: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter in which the transmitter comprises an impedance
device which is effective to vary the characteristics of the voltage
or current supplied to the receiver device. |
| | |
| 694 | Having commutated dynamoelectric machine transmitter: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter in which the transmitter comprises a dynamo-electric
machine in which the field producing means and the brushes are angularly
adjustable relative to each other and the electrical circuits extending
from the transmitter are connected at the transmitter end thereof
to the commutator brushes. |
| | |
| 695 | Having commutating switch-type transmitter: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter in which the transmitter comprises a multiple
contact switch with control circuits extending from the several
contacts and a distributing contactor relatively movable into and
out of contact with the said several contacts.
| | (1)
Note. The following is an illustrative example.
| SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 693, | for impedance-type transmitters having
relatively movable commutator and brush. |
|
| | |
| 696 | OPEN-LOOP STEPPING MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter in which a rotary electric motor; of
the type in which the rotary element tends to assume a predetermined
angular position when the motor is continuously energized; indexes
in discrete angular increments of essentially uniform magnitude
as a function of pulse inputs derived from outside the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The pulses supplied to the motors used in
these systems are not responsive to rotor movement or position. |
| | (2)
Note. Nonstepping space discharge commutated motors
are classified elsewhere. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 400.42, | for open-loop commutated motors. |
| 685, | for closed-loop servomechanisms which employ
stepping motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor structure,
subclasses 49.01 through 49.55 for a rotary stepping motor, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 700 | SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the system of supply and/or
control is for a synchronous motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Synchronous motor of the class definition
for the definition of a "synchronous motor" as
used in this subclass and the subclasses indented hereunder. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the frequency or the periodicity of
the armature or primary circuit currents is determined solely by
means actuated by the motor itself, classification is not
herein but in some other appropriate subclass. |
| | (3)
Note. In synchronous motors an energized alternating
current winding produces a rotating electromagnetic field on a first
member, and a fixed polarity magnetic field on a second
member is rotatively movable with respect to the first member.
The interaction of the two magnetic fields produces the rotation
of the motor. The alternating current winding is referred
to as the armature or the primary winding, and when the
fixed field is produced by an energized winding, the energized
winding is called the field winding. |
| | (4)
Note. Since synchronous motors are frequently used
for phase or power-factor control purposes either (a) solely
for such purposes by merely being connected to a power circuit with
no load device being connected to the motor and generally, but
not necessarily, having field excitation control means, or (b) for the
combined purposes of phase or power-factor control and
for driving useful load devices, it has been deemed advisable
to classify the patents relating to synchronous motor systems in
accordance with the function or functions performed thereby.
Accordingly, synchronous "motor" systems
will be classified on the basis of phase or power-factor
control when the claimed subject matter is limited to such functions
and all other synchronous motor systems will be classified on the
basis of synchronous motors regardless of the disclosure in the respective
specifications. Thus, for example, synchronous "motor" systems will
be classified on the basis of:
| |
A. Phase or Power-Factor Control. When the
claimed subject matter: (1) refers to, or
designates, the synchronous motor as: a. "phase
adjusting means", b."phase modifier", c. "synchronous
phase modifier", d. "synchronous
condenser", e. "or any other
means, the title of which definitely signifies that its
function is to control phase or power factor such as, for example, as
a f. "synchronous machine for correcting or modifying
the power factor", or g. "synchronous
motor for varying the power factor" which synchronous motor
or machine is not limited to driving or actuating a useful load device
and is connected to an electric circuit or system which is capable
of supplying driving energy to the machine and which system is susceptible
to having its phase or power factor affected by the machine; (2) refers
to, or designates, the synchronous motor as a."synchronous
machine", or b. "synchronous motor" and
limits the motor or machine to being unloaded and is connected to
an appropriate source of energy which is capable of supplying driving
energy thereto which source is susceptible to having its phase or
power factor affected by the machine; (3) refers
to, or designates, the synchronous motor as a."synchronous
machine", or a b. "synchronous
motor" and is connected to an electrical system to which
other load or translating devices or circuits are also connected, none
of which other loads, however, being electric
motors or otherwise limited to a particular art device or load such
as, for example, a "lamp", "secondary
battery", "space-discharge device", etc., and
which synchronous machine or motor is not limited to driving or
actuating a useful mechanical load device, regardless of
whether excitation control means are claimed or not. |
| |
B. Synchronous Motor Systems. When the claimed
subject matter: (1) refers to, or
designates, the synchronous "motor" as (a) "synchronous
machine", or a (b) "synchronous
motor", and (2) is not included
under part "A", immediately preceding, and (3) is
not disclosed solely as a source of electric energy. | |
| | (5)
Note. In this subclass and those indented hereunder, where
the synchronous motor has at least one stationary member and at least
one rotating member movable relative to the stationary member, the
fixed member is called the "stator" and the rotating
member is called the "rotor". |
| | (6)
Note. Methods consistent with the apparatus in this
group of subclasses will be placed with the appropriate apparatus. |
| | (7)
Note. In this subclass are synchronous motor systems
which include both an armature or primary circuit and a direct current
field excitation circuit where changeover from subsynchronous operation
to synchronous operation or vice versa is involved. Also
here are motor systems which do not require a DC field excitation
circuit for synchronous operation but are double fed alternating
current motor systems which operate at one or more synchronous speeds. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 47, | for motor systems which include a synchronous and
a nonsynchronous motor mechanically interconnected in a fixed or
predetermined ratio of movement. |
| 119+, | for motor systems having a reciprocating or oscillating
motor that operates synchronously with the periodicity of the source
which supplies the electric energy thereto. |
| 148, | for generator-fed synchronous motor wherein
the motor is controlled by controlling the generator. |
| 254.1, | and 254.2, see (2) Note
above. |
| 560+, | for follow-up electric motor systems in
which the motor controlled is a synchronous motor or operates, if
at all, at a speed substantially synchronously with the
motion of the transmitter. |
| 731, | for doubly fed induction motors which can run at
synchronous speeds. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 201 through 204for phase control systems including synchronous
dynamoelectric machines. |
|
| | |
| 701 | Hysteresis or reluctance motor systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter wherein the motor includes a motor winding
energized with alternating current by the system of supply and/or
control to form a rotating magnetic field and (a) a
rotor member of high magnetic retentivity which acquires a fixed
magnetic field by induction from the energized winding and is thus attracted
to the rotating field to rotate at the speed of the rotating field
or (b) a rotor member which assumes a position
of minimum magnetic reluctance with respect to the rotating magnetic
field and, as a result of the magnetic field"s rotation, rotates
at the speed of the rotating magnetic field.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 254.1, | and 254.2, for motor systems having
a self-commutated motor in which the rotor tends to assume
positions of minimum magnetic reluctance when energized. |
|
| | |
| 702 | Antihunting or damping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter which includes means to reduce or eliminate
variations in the speed of the energized synchronous motor from
the synchronous speed.
| | (1)
Note. Braking to maintain the synchronous motor
speed constant is considered to be "running speed control", see
Motor Braking Control of the general class notes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 161, | for motors having flywheels or other massive rotary
member which may act to reduce hunting. |
| 448, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto
for automatic motor systems which include antihunting means. |
| 704+, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems which
includes squirrel cage or other short circuited windings which may
act as antihunting or damping means during running speed operation. |
|
| | |
| 703 | Braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter which includes means to slow down or stop
the rotation of the energized synchronous motor.
| | (1)
Note. See the general class notes, Acceleration
Control, for the distinction between braking and deceleration. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362+, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto
for other motor systems having means for braking action types of
electric motors. |
| 757+, | for the braking of induction motors by power reversal
and mechanical and dynamic braking means. |
|
| | |
| 704 | Pole changing motor winding circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter which includes an alternating current motor
winding connected to an electric circuit, or a field winding
connected to an electric circuit, or both an alternating
current winding and a field winding each connected to an electric
circuit wherein the electric circuit in each instance includes switching
means to change the number of magnetic poles of the motor winding
or windings.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
motors or subcombinations of motors capable of running at more than
one speed. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 352, | for field or secondary control circuits for changing
the number of poles in field windings or secondary motor windings
in running speed control circuits. |
| 524, | for field or secondary control circuits for changing
the number of poles in field windings generally. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 322, | Electricity: Single Generator Systems,
subclass 62 for generators having a convertible number of poles. |
|
| | |
| 705 | Synchronization systems: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter wherein the motor includes an alternating
current winding and a field winding and the system includes an alternating
current circuit connected to the alternating current winding of
the motor to generate a rotating electromagnetic field, means
to rotate the motor near synchronous speed and a circuit connected
to the field winding of the motor to form a direct current magnetic
field when the motor is rotating at near-synchronous speed
so that the direct current field being attracted to the rotating
magnetic field of the motor will rotate the motor at the speed of
the rotating field.
| | (1)
Note. As used in this subclass group, the term "synchronization" refers
to the changing over of the operation of the synchronous motor from
mechanical rotation by any means to rotation by the rotating magnetic
field of the motor at the speed of the rotating field. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 700, | for synchronous motor systems which may include
the primary or armature motor circuit and the field excitation circuit
where synchronization is not claimed. |
| 716+, | for synchronous motor field circuits where no armature
or alternating current circuits are also claimed. |
| 720+, | for synchronous motor armature or primary circuits
where no field circuit is also claimed. |
|
| | |
| 706 | With armature power removal upon failure to synchronize
or loss of synchronism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the system includes an alternating
current circuit having a switching means to apply ac power to the
AC winding of the motor and means responsive to some condition of
the energized motor related to the operation of the motor at subsynchronous
speed to control the switching means to de-energize the ac
winding of the motor upon failure of the motor to achieve or maintain
rotation at the speed of the rotating magnetic field.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 445, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto
for automatic control of other electric motors including automatic
starting and/or stopping of electric motors. |
| 519, | for armature circuit control of electric motor system
generally by the making and/or braking of the motor armature circuit. |
|
| | |
| 707 | Upon failure to resynchronize: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter which includes a second switching means in
the circuit connected to the field winding, the means responsive
to a condition of the energized motor detecting the failure of the
motor to synchronize and controlling the second switching means
to remove the DC power from the field and to reapply power to the
field a predetermined number of times and controlling the first
switching means to remove power from the AC winding of the motor
if the motor still does not synchronize.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 437, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto, for
motor systems having means for phasing nonsynchronous motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 85+ for systems of interconnecting plural supply circuits
or plural generators for synchronous operation. |
|
| | |
| 708 | Responsive to thermal electrical element in system: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter wherein the means responsive to some condition
includes a heat sensitive electrical element to control the switching means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 471+, | for motor control means responsive to thermal conditions
of the motor circuit or in or about the motor. |
| 511, | for inherently or self-variable impedance
for motor armature circuits generally which include an impedance whose
value changes as a result of temperature changes. |
|
| | |
| 709 | Having different armature voltage prior to synchronism: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the alternating current winding circuit
includes electrical means to apply one alternating voltage to the
alternating currore synchronous operation and another value of voltage
to the motor for synchronous motor operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 504, | for voltage motor armature circuit control generally. |
|
| | |
| 710 | With D.C. field removal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter which includes means responsive to the loss
of synchronism in the motor to control the circuit connected to
the field winding of the motor to cut the DC power to the field
winding of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type not only
removes the DC power from the field winding but can also reapply
the DC power to the field winding. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 536+, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto
for other motor control systems in which the field circuit is made
and/or broken. |
| 712, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems to
apply the DC field to a synchronous motor. |
| 716, | for field circuits of synchronous motor systems
where the power to the circuit may be switched on or off. |
|
| | |
| 711 | With electronic control element in system: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 710. Subject matter wherein the means to control the circuit
includes an electronic element to regulate the removal of DC power
from the DC field winding.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 532, | for general motor field or secondary circuit control
by means of a space discharge device in the field circuit. |
| 716+, | for the control of power to the field winding of
the synchronous motor. |
|
| | |
| 712 | With field excitation application: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the field
winding includes switching means to connect a direct current source
of power to the field winding of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
electromagnetic and electronic switches. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 536+, | for general motor field or secondary circuit control
by making or braking the circuit. |
| 710+, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems including
means to remove the direct current excitation of the field circuitry. |
| 716+, | for synchronous motor field excitation circuits
only with means to apply or remove the excitation from the circuits. |
|
| | |
| 713 | Responsive to slip voltage frequency in DC field winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter wherein the rotating magnetic field and the
speed of the rotating motor induce an AC voltage in the field winding
and which includes means responsive to the frequency of the induced
voltage to control the switching means to apply the direct current
power to the field winding.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521+, | for motor field or secondary circuit control generally. |
| 717, | for synchronous motor field excitation application
circuits controlled by the frequency of the voltage induced in the
field winding circuits. |
| 827, | for induction motor secondary circuit control responsive
to the frequency of the secondary circuit. |
|
| | |
| 714 | Responsive to armature current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter having means sensing the current in the alternating
current circuit to control the switching means to connect a source
of direct current to the direct current winding of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521, | for motor field or secondary circuit control generally. |
| 717, | for synchronous motor field circuits responsive
to a motor condition. |
|
| | |
| 715 | Responsive to rotor speed or rotor driven member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter wherein the switching means is actuated by
means responsive to the angular velocity of the rotor or to movement
of a member driven by the rotor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 461+, | for speed or rate of movement including tachometer-type
detectors for controlling motor circuits generally. |
| 717+, | for synchronous motor field circuits, particularly
subclass 719 for synchronous motor speed responsive field power
sources. |
|
| | |
| 716 | Field winding circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter which includes a field winding of a synchronous
motor and an electric circuit connected to the winding.
| | (1)
Note. The circuits of this subclass type include
those which energize or control the field winding as by the adjustment, change, or
regulation of the direct current winding of the synchronous motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 521+, | for motor field secondary circuit control generally. |
| 700+, | for synchronous motor systems including both an
armature circuit and a field circuit where synchronization of the
motor is not claimed. |
| 710+, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems which
include field winding excitation removal. |
| 712, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems which
include field winding excitation applications. |
|
| | |
| 717 | Responsive to a motor condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 716. Subject matter wherein the field winding circuit is controlled
by some condition of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Motor conditions of this subclass type include, for
example, current in the motor, power factor in
the motor, the power taken by the motor, and the
speed of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 453+, | for generally controlling a motor in response to
plural conditions one of which may be an electrical condition. |
| 459, | for generally controlling a motor in response to
terminal voltage or counterelectromotive force of controlled motor. |
| 471, | for generally controlling a motor in response to
thermal conditions of the motor control means or in or about the motor. |
| 474+, | for generally controlling motor in response to armature
or secondary circuit current in the motor. |
| 708, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems responsive
to a thermal electric element in the system to control the armature
power removal upon failure to synchronize or loss of synchronization. |
| 713, | for synchronous motor synchronizing systems responsive
to slip voltage frequency in the DC field winding to control excitation
of field winding. |
| 714, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems responsive
to motor armature current to control excitation of motor field winding. |
| 715, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems responsive
to motor rotor speed or driven member to control excitation of the
motor field winding. |
|
| | |
| 718 | Induced voltage in field winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 717. Subject matter wherein a rotating magnetic field from an
alternating current winding and rotating rotor induce a voltage
in the field winding includes a switching circuit under the control
of the induced voltage to control direct current to the field winding.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes, for
example, relay and electronic switching circuits. |
| | (2)
Note. Subject matter classified in this subclass
may include a armature or alternating current winding, but
will not include circuits connected to the armature winding.
See subclass 700 for synchronous motors with circuits connected to
the field and the alternating current winding when the energized
motor is in the running mode but not being started. |
| | (3)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes, for
example, brushless motor solid-state switching
device circuits to control the application of direct current to
the field winding after the motor is near synchronous speed. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | for general motor control means responsive to terminal
voltage or counterelectromotive force of the controlled motor. |
|
| | |
| 719 | Speed responsive field power sources: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 717. Subject matter wherein the electric circuit connected to
the field winding includes direct current power sources whose power
is dependent upon the speed of the synchronous motor rotor.
| | (1)
Note. The direct current sources of this subclass
type include, for example, DC generators and AC
to DC converters. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 464, | for motor control generally responsive to an electric
generator tachometer responsive to the speed of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 720 | Armature winding circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Subject matter which includes an alternating current winding
of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes, for
example, circuits to energize or control the alternating
current winding of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 494+, | for armature circuit control of motor generally. |
| 704, | for synchronous motor pole changing motor winding
circuits. |
| 706+, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems which
remove power form motor armature upon failure to synchronize or
upon loss of synchronization. |
| 719, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems wherein
the motor armature winding is different prior to synchronism. |
| 767+, | for induction motor circuit control circuits. |
|
| | |
| 721 | Responsive to rotor shape position or speed: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 720. Subject matter wherein the electric circuit includes means
to regulate the energization of the alternating current winding
of the motor under the control of the rotor rotation.
| | (1)
Note. The regulating means may be controlled by, for
example, the speed of the rotor and the position of the
rotor shape with respect to the location of the rotating alternating
electromagnetic field or with respect to the position of a direct current
electromagnetic field or permanent magnet field. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 461+, | for speed or rate of movement control of a motor
generally. |
|
| | |
| 722 | Having electronic power conversion circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 720. Subject matter wherein the electric circuit includes a static
type of power converter which generates an electric wave-form
which can be used by the alternating current winding of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass types includes, for
example, cycloconverters, rectifier inverters, and
controlled and free-running oscillators and vibrators which
can generate electricity having a waveform useable by the motor. |
| | (2)
Note. The power converter of this subclass type
can include vacuum tubes or solid-state devices which must
be electrically powered to operate as a generator. |
| | (3)
Note. The frequency of the converters of this subclass
type can be varied or switched between two different frequencies, and
generally with a change in frequency the voltage of the waveform
is changed accordingly. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 400.1, | through 400.42, for synchronous motor commutation control systems. |
| 768, | for three phase induction motors operated from a
single phase source. |
| 800+, | for induction motor primary circuits including controlled
power conversion during motor starting. |
| 807+, | for induction motor primary circuits involving frequency
control of the circuit. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 151 for conversion systems and subclass 154 for miscellaneous
systems with a specifically recited load device. |
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 365+ for miscellaneous gating circuits and subclasses
100+ for miscellaneous signal shaping, converting, or
generating. |
| 363, | Electric Power Conversion Systems,
subclasses 13+ for current conversions, subclasses 148+ for
phase conversions; and subclasses 157+ for frequency
conversions. |
|
| | |
| 723 | Having variable frequency supply: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 720. Subject matter wherein the electric circuit has means to
vary the rate of cyclic variations of the electrical energy supplied
to the alternating current winding of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 110+, | for plural diverse or diversely controlled electric
motors having plural diverse or diversely controlled sources for
armature circuits having different frequencies. |
| 503, | for armature circuit control of motors, generally, which
includes controlling the frequency or pulsations of current supplied
to the armature circuit. |
| 700+, | for synchronous motors having doubly fed circuits
where synchronization or resynchronization is not involved. |
| 704+, | for synchronous motor synchronization systems. |
| 807+, | for induction motor primary circuit frequency control. |
|
| | |
| 724 | Having a plurality of windings or winding portions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 720. Subject matter wherein the alternating current winding of
the motor consists of more than one winding or wherein such winding
is formed of sections which are connected together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 495+, | for armature motor circuits, generally, having
plural diverse or diversely controlled armature windings. |
| 502, | for armature motor circuits, generally, having
a variable length or tapped armature winding. |
| 700+, | for synchronous motors with armature and field circuits. |
| 705+, | for synchronous motor synchronization and resynchronization
systems. |
| 767+, | for induction motor primary circuits which require
plural windings out of phase to start the motor. |
|
| | |
| 725 | REPULSION MOTOR SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter where the system of supply and/or
control is connected to a repulsion motor.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition for the meaning of "repulsion
motor" as used in the titles and definitions of this subclass and
the subclasses indented hereunder. Such motors as are
described in this section but having closed circuits between the
brushes (rather than merely "short" circuits) are
also classifiable in this subclass or in the subclasses indented
hereunder provided that these motors function as repulsion motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244+, | for alternating current commutating motor systems
which do not require short-circuited brushes or close-circuited
brushes in the operation of the motor. |
| 728, | for repulsion motor start, induction motor
run systems. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 173+ for commutated alternating current motors. |
|
| | |
| 726 | With added motor winding or convertible to series motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 725. Subject matter wherein (a) the motor includes more
than one winding forming the inducing electromagnetic field, (b) the
motor armature has an added winding in addition to the commutated
induced winding, or (c) the system has circuitry
to place the field or inducing winding in series with the commutated
winding of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244+, | for alternating current series motor circuits. |
|
| | |
| 727 | INDUCTION MOTOR SYSTEMS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the system of supply and/or
control is for an induction motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Induction motors of the class definition
for the definition of "induction motor" as used
in the titles and definition of this subclass and of the subclasses indented
hereunder. |
| | (2)
Note. In this subclass and those indented hereunder, where
only one of the two conductors [see Class Definition, Glossary, "Induction
Motors"] rotates relative to the motor supporting
structure, that conductor and the motor structure rotating
with it is referred to in the title and definitions as the "rotor", and
the fixed part of the motor is referred to as the "stator". |
| | (3)
Note. Nominal recitation of an induction motor (i.e., by
name only) is an insufficient basis for classification
in this subclass or the subclasses indented hereunder.
For classification in this subclass or in the subclasses indented
hereunder, some electrical or structural characteristic
of induction motors (e.g., "secondary
winding", "induced current winding") must
be recited. |
| | (4)
Note. The induction motors included in the systems
classifiable in this subclass or in the subclasses indented hereunder must
be of the type which rotate continuously for at least one complete
revolution (360°). For motors
which rotate continuously for less than one complete revolution ("stepping
motors") see the note to subclass 696 of this
class in the search notes below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for motor systems having two or more induction motors
with synchronizing interconnections between the induction motor
secondaries. |
| 49+, | for electrically cascaded motors one or more of
which are induction motors. |
| 121, | for motor systems having reciprocating motors which
operate on the principle of the induction motor. |
| 135, | for motor systems having linear movement motors
which operate on the principle of the induction motor. |
| 148, | for induction motors which are supplied by alternating
current generators, the generators being provided with
generator control means. |
| 696, | for stepping motors. |
| 700+, | for synchronous motor systems where the motor is
provided with means for starting and/or accelerating the
motor as an induction motor. |
| 725+, | for repulsion motors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclasses 166+ for the structure of induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 728 | Repulsion start: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter having a switching means in the secondary
circuit of the motor arranged so that, when starting, the
current induced in the secondary member creates an electromagnetic field
which reacts with the electromagnetic field formed by the primary
member to cause the motor to accelerate and having means to run
the motor as an induction motor after starting.
| | (1)
Note. The switching means of this subclass type
includes, for example, a commutator and brushes. |
| | (2)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes, for
example, repulsion-induction motors. |
| | (3)
Note. The means to run the motor as an induction
motor may or may not include the switching means. |
| | (4)
Note. See the general class notes for the definition
of a "repulsion motor". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 725, | for repulsion motor systems generally. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 173 for alternating current commutating motors. |
|
| | |
| 729 | Power-factor control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system includes means connected
to the primary member, the secondary member, or
to both to change the electrical angle between the voltage and the current
in one or both of the members.
| | (1)
Note. Means for adapting an induction motor for
operation from a source of supply having a number of phases different
from that for which the motor is wound are not included here even though
the power factor may be affected by such means, particularly
when condensers are employed in a phase splitting arrangement.
See Search Notes below. |
| | (2)
Note. The change of phase may be for starting or
running the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 438, | for miscellaneous motor systems having power-factor
control means. |
| 781+, | for induction motors operating from a single phase
source, particularly subclasses 794+.
See (1) Note above. |
| 809, | for voltage phase angle control of the primary motor
circuit. |
| 816, | for split phase motor primary circuit voltage control. |
|
| | |
| 730 | With plural separately movable rotors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the induction motor includes two
rotors rotatable with respect to each other.
| | (1)
Note. One rotor may support the primary member and
the other rotor may support the secondary member, or one primary
member may be on a stator and the secondary may be supported on
one rotor with a second primary member on the other rotor, and
the system to supply or control may be connected to the primary
members, the secondary members, or to both. |
| | (2)
Note. The rotation of the motor may be reversed
in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 731+, | for induction motors of the double fed type. |
| 737, | for self-cascaded, double fed
induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 731 | With voltage source connected to motor secondary: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the secondary member is connected
to a system which supplies it with a voltage in addition to the
voltage electromagnetically induced by the primary member.
| | (1)
Note. The systems of this subclass type, for
example, control the speed or the torque of the energized
motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49+, | for cascaded electrical motors which include induction
motors having other motors connected in series with the secondary
circuit thereof. |
| 730, | for plural rotor induction motor systems. |
| 737, | for self-cascaded induction motor systems. |
|
| | |
| 732 | Electronic device controls current in secondary circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 731. Subject matter wherein the system includes a three terminal
electronic device having two terminals connected in circuit with
the motor secondary and having the third terminal control the passage
of current between the other two terminals to or from the secondary
member of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The controlled electronic device of this subclass
type is an electric valve which can control the amount of electrons
or holes passing through the device. These devices include
solid-state switches, thyratrons, and
controlled vacuum and gas tubes. Saturable reactors are
not included. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 365+ for miscellaneous gating circuits. |
|
| | |
| 733 | Commutator connected to secondary winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 731. Subject matter wherein the secondary member is energized
through a rotary switch at least one contact of which is stationary
with respect to the secondary member and another contact of which
rotates relative thereto with another part of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 738, | for the definition of a "rotary switch". |
|
| | |
| 734 | Slip rings connected to secondary winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 731. Subject matter wherein the secondary member is energized
continuously through at least two sliding contacts at least one
of which is stationary with respect to the secondary winding.
| | (1)
Note. Slip rings are a rotary electrical interconnection
device to join two conductive members and consists usually of a
resilient electrical member in contact with a circular electrically
conductive member. | |
| | |
| 735 | Rotor shaft coupled to dynamoelectric machine: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter wherein the secondary member and the sliding
contact stationary with respect thereto are mounted on the induction
motor shaft and the shaft is mechanically coupled to another dynamoelectric
device. |
| | |
| 737 | Self-cascaded motor windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the relatively movable members consist
of plural windings on each separate member, a first winding
on one member being in inductive relation with a second winding
on the other member, a third winding on the other member
being connected to the second winding, and a fourth winding
on the one member being connected to the third winding.
| | (1)
Note. The winding arrangements of this subclass
type are in one induction motor rather than in cascaded machines. |
| | (2)
Note. The term "connected" includes
an electrical or an inductive connection between windings. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49+, | for cascaded plural induction motors. |
| 734+, | for doubly fed induction motor systems. |
| 738, | for induction motor systems with a commutated winding
generally. |
|
| | |
| 738 | With commutated winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the primary winding, secondary
winding, or some other winding of the motor is energized
through a rotary switch at least one contact of which is stationary
with respect to the energized winding and another contact rotates
relative thereto with some other part of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The rotary switch of this subclass type is
usually a rotary electrical interconnection device which has a ring
or disc of individual electrically insulated conducting sections
around the periphery of the ring or disc and has brushes contacting
the sections serially by the motion of the brushes or ring or disc. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 244, | for AC, current-commutating motor systems. |
| 400.1, | through 400.42, for synchronous motor commutation control systems. |
| 725, | for repulsion motor supply or control circuits. |
| 728, | for circuits to supply or control repulsion start-induction
run motors and repulsion-induction motors. |
| 733, | for induction motor circuits having a commutator
connected directly to the secondary winding of the motor which has
a voltage source also connected to it. |
| 734, | for induction motor circuits whose secondary winding
has slip rings directly connected thereto, a voltage supplied
to it, and has a separate dynamoelectric machine with a
commutator forming part of the electrical system. |
| 737, | for self-cascaded double fed induction motor
systems using a commutated auxiliary winding in the motor to supply
a voltage to the induction motor secondary. |
|
| | |
| 739 | Reversing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system connected to the primary
winding of the motor includes means to change the direction of the
rotation of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Reversing Control class notes for the
distinction between reversing and braking. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 65, | for the reversing of plural motors. |
| 256+, | for plural diverse motor controls, generally, which
include motor reversing. |
| 280+, | for more reversing generally. |
|
| | |
| 740 | With diverse motor operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 739. Subject matter wherein the system includes means to perform
some additional motor operation.
| | (1)
Note. See Diverse Motor Operations of the Class
Definition Glossary as to what is included as a motor operation. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 256+, | and the search notes thereto for motor systems having
a plurality of unlike motor operations. |
|
| | |
| 741 | With braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 740. Subject matter wherein the additional operation is braking.
| | (1)
Note. See Motor Braking Control of the Class Definition
Glossary for the definition of "motor braking". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 258, | for general motor systems which include reversing, running
speed control, and braking. |
| 261+, | and the notes thereto for motor systems having both
reversing and braking functions. |
| 362+, | for motor braking systems generally. |
| 757+, | for braking of induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 742 | Electromagnetic brakes: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter wherein the braking action is a result of
electromagnetic force.
| | (1)
Note. The force of this subclass type may be within
the motor or external to the motor and physically transmitted to it. |
| | (2)
Note. Electromagnetic brakes of this subclass type
include, for example, eddy current brakes. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362+, | for motors braking, particularly subclass
373 for plugging and subclass 375 for dynamic braking. |
| 759+, | for electromagnetic dynamic braking of induction
motors. |
| 765, | for eddy current braking of induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 743 | Generator action: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 742. Subject matter wherein the braking is a result of electromagnetic
energy created within the motor as a result of the rotation of the
motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes, for
example, regenerative braking. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 375+, | for dynamic braking of motors generally. |
| 759+, | for dynamic braking of induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 744 | Plugging: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 742. Subject matter wherein the electromagnetic action is a result
of reversal of current or phase reversal within the primary member
of the energized motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 373+, | for miscellaneous dynamic braking systems for motors. |
| 763+, | for systems to plug induction motors. |
|
| | |
| 745 | With controlled saturable reactor in primary circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 739. Subject matter wherein the system includes a controlled
saturable magnetic device having a control winding and a power winding, the power
winding being connected between a power source and the primary winding
of the motor, and the control winding being energizable
to vary the impedance and the phase of the power winding to reverse
the rotation of the motor. |
| | |
| 749 | Operating from a single phase source: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 739. Subject matter wherein the energized motor is powered by
a single phase source.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
single phase power source which can be converted to a two or three phase
power source to run the induction motor. | |
| | |
| 750 | Shaded pole motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 749. Subject matter wherein the energized motor has a main magnetic
field and the reversing means includes auxiliary motor windings which
develop a magnetic field out of phase with the main field to change
the direction of the resultant field to reverse the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
selectively short-circuited and close-circuited
auxiliary windings and auxiliary windings which, when receiving
properly phased voltages, act in the same manner as short-circuited
or close-circuited windings. | |
| | |
| 752 | With controlled electronic device to provide the series
connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 751. Subject matter wherein the means to connect either winding
with the capacitor includes a three terminal electronic device where
two of the terminals pass current through the device under the control
of the third terminal which thereby determines which winding is
in circuit with the capacitor or permits current to flow through
the windings and the capacitor. |
| | |
| 753 | With de-energizable start winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 749. Subject matter wherein the primary member includes a run
and a start winding and the reversing means includes means to apply power
to both of the windings and to cut out the start winding after the
motor has come up to speed.
| | (1)
Note. In this subclass and in the subclasses indented
hereunder are manual, relay, and solid-state
type switching to reverse the phase of the start winding with respect
to the run winding of the motor so that the rotation of the motor rotor
can be reversed. |
| | (2)
Note. The means to remove the start winding includes
manual, centrifugal, and electromagnetic means. | |
| | |
| 755 | Automatic current reversal on start winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 753. Subject matter wherein the reversing means includes a self-acting
switch which reverses the direction of the current through the start
winding after the start and the run windings are energized so that
when the start winding is de-energized and subsequently
reenergized the motor will rotate in the other direction.
| | (1)
Note. The switch of this subclass type is self-acting
in the sense that it is actuated as a result of the operation. |
| | (2)
Note. The reversal can be as a result of (a) a
centrifugal switch, (b) a thermal switch, or (c) an
electromagnetic relay or some other means. | |
| | |
| 756 | With controlled electronic switch for phase reversal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 739. Subject matter wherein the means to change direction of
the motor includes an on-off electronic device with a control
terminal which operates to determine when to permit or stop the
transfer of power through the device itself from a power source
to the motor or through a relay actuated by the on-off
device.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass for example are
three phase-reversing circuits with cycloconverters or
rectifier inverters. | |
| | |
| 757 | Braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system includes means or devices
for applying a torque or force to the motor in a direction opposite
to the torque or force of the motor for the purpose of slowing down
or stopping the rotation of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. See Acceleration Control, Motor Braking
Control, and Reversing Control of the general notes to
this class for what constitutes braking, reversing, and
deceleration of a motor. | |
| | |
| 758 | With diverse operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 757. Subject matter wherein there is included means to perform
an additional motor operation.
| | (1)
Note. See Diverse Motor Operations of the general
class notes as to what constitutes plural diverse motor operations. | |
| | |
| 759 | Dynamic braking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 757. Subject matter wherein the means for applying a torque or
force to the motor includes the primary and secondary members of
the motor which when rotating relative to each other interact to
form a generator action which produces a force opposite to the motor
rotation to slow down or stop the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
regenerative type braking systems. | |
| | |
| 760 | Direct current primary winding braking circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 759. Subject matter wherein the means for applying a torque or
force to the motor includes circuitry to apply direct current to
the primary member so that the rotation of the motor causes the
primary member to develop an induced voltage which causes a force
in a direction opposite to the motor rotation to slow down or stop
the motor. |
| | |
| 763 | Reversal of power to primary winding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 757. Subject matter wherein the means for applying a torque or
force to the motor includes circuitry to change the direction of
current or the phase through the primary winding of the motor to create
an electromagnetic force in the secondary winding of the motor in
a direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the motor to slow
down or stop the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The method of reversing the motor connections
to apply braking action is known as "plugging". | |
| | |
| 765 | Eddy current braking circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 757. Subject matter wherein the motor rotor has an electrical
conducting member connected thereto and an electrical winding associated with
the conducting member such that current passing through the winding
creates a changing electromagnetic field within the conducting member
which induces eddy currents which create an electromagnetic force
in a direction which opposes rotation of the motor to slow or stop
the motor. |
| | |
| 766 | Primary and secondary circuits: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system to supply and or control
connected to the motor includes an electric circuit connected to
both the primary and to the secondary winding of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 493, | for miscellaneous motor systems having combined
armature or primary control and field or secondary control of the
motor. |
| 725, | for repulsion motors having primary and secondary
circuits. |
| 731, | for induction motors which have a primary circuit
and a secondary circuit with a voltage source in addition to the
secondary induced voltage. |
| 739, | for induction motor reversing circuits with a secondary
speed control circuit. |
| 757, | for induction motor braking circuits having a primary
and a secondary circuit. |
|
| | |
| 767 | Primary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system to supply and or control
the motor includes a circuit connected to the primary winding of
the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 494, | for miscellaneous motor systems for controlling
the armature or primary circuits of the electric motor. |
| 766, | for primary and secondary induction motor circuits. |
|
| | |
| 770 | Dual voltage motors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the motor is adapted to operate from
either of two possible alternating voltages and the circuit connects
the primary member of the motor to one of the two alternating voltages. |
| | |
| 771 | Delta-wye, plural wye, or plural
delta connected primary windings: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the primary member comprises a plurality
of windings and the circuit connected to the windings permits (a) a star-delta
connection of the windings, (b) two or
more star connections of the windings, (c) two
or more delta connections of the windings.
| | (1)
Note. A star connection is a polyphase circuit in
which all circuit paths from each point of power connection go to
a common point. |
| | (2)
Note. A delta connection is a polyphase circuit
in which all circuit paths form a triangle with the apex of each
path intersection being connected to a power source. | |
| | |
| 772 | Plural speed: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the primary member comprises a plurality
of windings or winding portions and the circuit includes means connected
to the windings or winding portions to cause the motor to rotate
at several nominal discrete speeds.
| | (1)
Note. The speeds here are not limited to the synchronous
speeds of the motor. |
| | (2)
Note. Speed of the motor can be controlled by change
of frequency of the power supply, change in the number
of poles, or a change in the slip of the motor.
Only the change in the number of poles is included in this group
of subclasses. |
| | (3)
Note. Generally, the speed selected is determined
by changing the connections between the winding portions or the number
of the winding turns energized. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 773+, | for poles changing systems to change the speed of
the motor. |
| 807+, | for frequency control systems to change the speed
of the motor. |
| 821+, | for impedance control of the motor secondary to
change the speed of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 773 | Pole changing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 772. Subject matter wherein the means connected to the windings
provides a predetermined number of primary magnetic poles at one
operating speed and a different number of poles for another operating
speed. |
| | |
| 778 | Starting control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the circuit provides means to supply
electric energy to the motor or to control flow of the current in
the primary circuit for initiating motor rotation or controlling the
motor during acceleration from rest. |
| | |
| 779 | With speed control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 778. Subject matter wherein means are provided for controlling
motor speed during any mode of motor operation.
| | (1)
Note. Motor Operation Control is defined in the
Class Definition Glossary. | |
| | |
| 781 | Operating from a single phase source: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 778. Subject matter wherein the means to supply electric energy
to the motor is a single phase source of electric supply.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are shaded pole
motors. | |
| | |
| 782 | With protective features: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 781. Subject matter wherein means are provided to protect the
motor from harmful operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 24+ for motor protective condition responsive circuits. |
|
| | |
| 785 | Start winding removed during running operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 781. Subject matter wherein the primary member consists of a
main primary winding and a start winding and the circuit includes
means for de-energizing the start winding by removing part or
all of the start winding from the circuit which supplies the electrical
energy to the start and the run winding.
| | (1)
Note. The main primary winding is the run winding
of the motor. | |
| | |
| 786 | By electronic switch: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 785. Subject matter wherein the means for removing part or all
of the start winding includes an electronic switch means to de-energize
the start winding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 327, | Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices, Circuits, and
Systems,
subclasses 365+ for miscellaneous gating or switching systems. |
|
| | |
| 789 | By electromagnetic switch: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 785. Subject matter wherein an electromagnetic switch means is
provided for de-energizing the start winding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclasses 2+ for electromagnetic switches, per se. |
|
| | |
| 791 | By thermal switch: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 785. Subject matter wherein a heat responsive switch means is
provided for de-energizing the start winding. |
| | |
| 793 | By centrifugal switch: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 785. Subject matter wherein the start winding is de-energized
by a switch actuated by centrifugal force developed by the rotating
motor. |
| | |
| 794 | Capacitor run motor with different capacitance at starting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 781. Subject matter wherein the motor is a split phase motor
and the primary member has two or more primary windings energized
in both the starting and the running modes of operation, at
least one winding having in circuit therewith capacitance whose
value is different in each operating mode. |
| | |
| 795 | With plural capacitors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 794. Subject matter wherein there are two or more capacitors
to change the effective capacitance in circuit with at least one
winding. |
| | |
| 796 | Saturable winding in capacitor run motor circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 781. Subject matter wherein there is a split phase capacitance
motor having a saturable winding in circuit with the capacitor and
the primary windings, which has a reactance value in the starting
mode different from that of its reactance in the running mode. |
| | |
| 798 | Responsive to motor condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein means is provided to sense a motor
condition and the circuit connected to the primary member of the
motor is controlled by the sensing means.
| | (1)
Note. The motor condition is some characteristic
of the motor which is affected by the operation of the motor.
Such characteristics may be electrical or electromagnetic and include
speed, slip, current, voltage, or
magnetic flux. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 806, | for motor control means responsive to a condition
other than a motor condition. |
|
| | |
| 800 | With controlled power conversion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 799. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor includes a power conversion means controlled
by the speed or rotational phase angle responsive means. |
| | |
| 801 | Including inverter: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter wherein the power conversion means includes
one or more inverter circuits.
| | (1)
Note. An inverter circuit changes a direct current
source of power into an alternating source of power. | |
| | |
| 802 | Responsive to an additional condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 801. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor is responsive to another condition as well as
being responsive to the speed or the rotational phase angle of the
motor.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter of this subclass type includes
feedback sensing of a motor condition or some characteristic of
the motor control circuit and may include the sensing of motor current, voltage, or
a signal indicative of some characteristic of the control circuit. | |
| | |
| 803 | With controlled AC to DC circuit in inverter supply: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 802. Subject matter wherein the one or more inverter circuits
includes an AC to DC converter having means to adjust the direct
current output voltage of the converter.
| | (1)
Note. A converter is an electrical device that transforms
one type of electricity to another type. | |
| | |
| 804 | With controlled magnetic reactance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 799. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor includes a controlled magnetic reactance.
| | (1)
Note. The controlled reactance of this subclass
type includes magnetic amplifiers, saturable reactors, and
transformers having a winding in circuit with the primary winding
of the motor wherein the winding reactance is changed as a result of
the mutual inductance between this winding and another winding of
the transformer. | |
| | |
| 806 | Condition responsive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein there is means to sense a condition
other than a motor condition and the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor is controlled by the means to sense the condition.
| | (1)
Note. A condition is some quantity which is capable
of being sensed including, for example, temperature, pressure, voltage
delivered to the circuit, or some manifestation of the
motor environment. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 798, | for motor control means responsive to some condition
of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 807 | Frequency control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor includes means to regulate the frequency of
the current or voltage supplied to the primary member.
| | (1)
Note. Regulation used here means to adjust or fix
the rate of the cyclic current or voltage delivered to the primary
winding of the motor, and includes control of the frequency
to deliver a constant frequency or a variable frequency to the primary
winding of the motor. | |
| | |
| 808 | With voltage magnitude control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 807. Subject matter wherein means are also provided to regulate
the magnitude of the voltage applied to the primary member of the
motor.
| | (1)
Note. The means to regulate this subclass type consists
of means to adjust or fix the value of the voltage so that the voltage
can be constant or selectively varied. | |
| | |
| 809 | With voltage phase angle control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 807. Subject matter wherein the voltage supplied to the primary
member is a repetitious sinusoidal waveform and the means to regulate
the frequency of the voltage supplied to the primary member includes
means to regulate the phase angle of the waveform at which the remainder of
the waveform of each cycle is applied to the primary member.
| | (1)
Note. Phase angle is the angle in electrical degrees
of the waveform between the beginning of the waveform at 0° and
the end of the waveform at 360° at which the waveform is
applied to the motor winding. |
| | (2)
Note. Regulation includes the control of the phase
angle at a constant angle or a variable angle. | |
| | |
| 810 | With voltage pulse time control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 807. Subject matter wherein the voltage waveforms applied to
the primary member of the motor is a pulse waveform having alternating
positive and negative polarity portions, and the means to
regulate the frequency of the voltage includes means to regulate
the time at which the pulses are started and ended.
| | (1)
Note. Regulation includes the starting and ending
of the pulses at a constant time or a variable time. | |
| | |
| 812 | Voltage control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 767. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the primary
member of the motor includes means for regulating the voltage applied
to the circuit.
| | (1)
Note. Regulation includes a constant or a selectively
variable voltage control. | |
| | |
| 813 | With transformer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 812. Subject matter wherein the means for regulating the voltage
includes a transformer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 336, | Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses for transformers, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 818 | Secondary circuit control: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the system to supply and or control
the motor includes a circuit connected to the secondary member of
the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for plural induction motor systems having synchronizing
interconnections between motor secondaries. |
| 49, | for an induction motor having an electric motor
connected to the secondary circuit (i.e., connected
in tandem) of the induction motor. |
| 521+, | and the subclasses specified in the search notes
thereto for miscellaneous motor systems having secondary circuit
control of the motor. |
| 729, | for power factor control in the primary or secondary
circuit of an induction motor. |
| 731+, | for primary and secondary induction motor circuits
having a voltage source connected to the motor secondary. |
| 766, | for primary and secondary induction motor circuits. |
|
| | |
| 819 | Open secondary member or portion thereof with means to
open or close the circuit thereto: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 818. Subject matter wherein the circuit connected to the secondary
member includes switch means to turn off or on the current in the
secondary member or a portion thereof.
| | (1)
Note. The secondary member portion may consist of
one winding or a plurality of windings and the switch means may control
the current through all of the windings or one or more windings. |
| | (2)
Note. The switch means includes controlled and uncontrolled
electronic devices, mechanical and automatic switches which
act only to open or close the secondary motor winding or a part
of the secondary motor winding. The electronic devices
include thyratrons, silicon-controlled rectifiers, silicon-controlled
switches, and four-layered diodes, but
amplifier-type tube or solid-state devices which
can act as a switch and additionally function as an amplifier are
not included. | |
| | |
| 821 | Impedance control of secondary circuit: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 818. Subject matter wherein the circuit includes an electrical
impedance element of the resistive, inductive, or
the capacitive type to control the current in the secondary member
of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. Here the voltage induced in the secondary
member by the primary member creates a current which is controlled by
an impedance element forming part of the circuit. |
| | (2)
Note. Means to add, remove, or
vary the secondary impedance element is included in this group of
subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 533, | and the subclasses specified in the notes thereto
for miscellaneous motor systems having impedance devices in the
field or secondary circuit of the motor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 220 through 354for impedance voltage magnitude controlled systems. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses for inductors, per
se. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors, appropriate subclasses for resistors, per
se. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 271 for capacitors, per se. |
|
| | |
| 822 | Responsive to motor condition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter wherein the impedance element of the circuit
is controlled by a motor characteristic.
| | (1)
Note. The motor characteristics include secondary
motor voltage, the secondary motor current, the
primary motor current, and the motor rotor speed. |
| | (2)
Note. The term "controlled" includes the
addition, removal, the shorting out, or
somehow changing the value of the impedance element or elements
of the circuit. | |
| | |
| 823 | Rotor speed or position responsive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 822. Subject matter wherein the motor characteristics are the
motor rotor speed or the position of the rotor with respect to the
inducing magnetic field of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclasses 120+ for speed responsive switching systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems, for speed controlled impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 824 | Centrifugal force of rotor controls secondary circuit impedance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 823. Subject matter wherein a mass movable radially of the motor
rotor in response to a force caused by the speed rotation of the
rotor controls the impedance element of the circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 120 for centrifugal force responsive switching systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 293 through 298for output responsive impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 825 | Induction motor current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 822. Subject matter wherein the motor characteristic is the current
flowing in a member of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 131 for current controlled switching systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 293 through 298for current or current and voltage controlled impedance
systems. |
|
| | |
| 826 | Primary motor current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 825. Subject matter wherein the current is flowing in a primary
member of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. In the subject matter of this subclass type
current may flow in the primary and the secondary members of the motor. | |
| | |
| 827 | Frequency of secondary current: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 822. Subject matter wherein the motor characteristic is the frequency
of the voltage induced in the secondary member or the relative frequencies of
the current in the primary and the secondary members of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 129 for frequency controlled switching systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 293 through 298for electrical condition controlled impedance systems. |
|
| | |
| 828 | Secondary voltage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 822. Subject matter wherein the motor characteristic is the voltage
of the secondary circuit of the motor or the voltage across an impedance
element of the motor secondary circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 307, | Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 130 for voltage controlled switching systems. |
| 323, | Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation
Systems,
subclasses 293 through 298for voltage or voltage and current controlled impedance
systems. |
|
| | |
| 829 | By manual operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter wherein the impedance element of the circuit
is controlled totally by manual means requiring only human force.
| | (1)
Note. The term "control" as used
herein means to add, remove, or somehow change
the impedance of a resistive, inductive, or capacitive
electrical element. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 821, | for relay operated switching circuits to control
the adding, removal, or the changing of impedance
elements in the secondary circuit of the motor. |
|
| | |
| 830 | With relatively movable cooperating motor parts to control
energized motor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 727. Subject matter wherein the motor includes plural cooperating
members which are movable relative to each other physically and
means to move the members with respect to each other, this
relative movement is in addition to motion caused by the electromagnetic
interaction between the rotor and the stator of the motor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for motors with diverse motions. |
| 491, | and the notes thereto for miscellaneous motor control
systems with both circuit and structure control of the motor. |
| 538+, | for miscellaneous motor structure adjustment or
control systems wherein the motor structure is controlled. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 191 for field or excitation windings or core structure
having adjustable magnetic structure; and subclass 209
for armature or primary windings or core structure with adjustable
magnetic structure. |
|
| | |
| 831 | Axially movable cooperating parts: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 830. Subject matter wherein one of the two relatively movable
parts is movable in the direction of an axis.
| | (1)
Note. "Axial" as used herein means
situated in the direction of or along an axis. |
| | (2)
Note. Included are movable rotary dual motor rotors
cooperating with a movable stator and rotary dual, in-line
rotors cooperating with a fixed stator. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for motors with diverse motions including axial
movement of the rotor by the magnetic forces of the motor in addition
to the rotary or angular movement of the rotor even though the reverse
axial movement is effected by gravity only when the motor energization
is reduced. |
|
| | |
FOREIGN ART COLLECTIONS
The definitions below correspond to abolished subclasses
from which these collections were formed. See the Foreign
Art Collection schedule of this class for specific correspondences. [Note: The
titles and definitions for indented art
collections include all the details of the one(s) that
are hierarchically superior.] |
| FOR 100 | SPACE-DISCHARGE-DEVICE COMMUTATED MOTOR: |
| | Foreign art collection in which space discharge
devices are connected in the armature or primary circuit of the
motor and are connected so as to effect the commutation of the motor.
| | (1)
Note. The interposition of an induction transformer
or other electric converter between the space discharge devices
and the armature of the motor does not prevent classification herein. | |
| | |
| FOR 101 | SELF-COMMUTATED IMPULSE OR RELUCTANCE MOTORS: |
| | Foreign art collection in which a rotary electric
motor, of the type in which the rotary element tends to
assume a predetermined angular position when the motor is continuously
energized, is provided with a commutator or circuit making
and breaking means which is actuated by the motor to determine the
instants of time at which the field producing winding or windings
thereof are energized and de-energized relative to the angular
position of the rotary element of the motor. |
| | |
| FOR 102 | MOTOR COMMUTATION CONTROL SYSTEMS: |
| | Foreign art collection in which means are provided
for facilitating or otherwise controlling commutation in commutator
motors.
| | (1)
Note. For example, means for preventing or
reducing deleterious effects incident to, or accompanying, commutation
in electric motors are included herein; such effects including
large intercommutator bar currents, heating of commutator
bars and brushes, flashover between bars, arcing
and pitting of commutator bars and brushes, etc. Periodically
or repeatedly reversing polarity of direct current supplied to commutator
motors to reduce pitting, corrosion metal transfer between brush
and commutator is included herein. Shifting of brushes
to reduce sparking is included. | |
| | |
![[Search a list of Patent Appplications for class 318]](../as.gif)
CLASS 318,